WO2014030443A1 - Near-infrared-ray absorption agent, near-infrared-ray absorbent composition, near-infrared-ray cutoff filter using the above and method for producing same, camera module and method for producing same, and method for producing near-infrared-ray absorption agent - Google Patents

Near-infrared-ray absorption agent, near-infrared-ray absorbent composition, near-infrared-ray cutoff filter using the above and method for producing same, camera module and method for producing same, and method for producing near-infrared-ray absorption agent Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014030443A1
WO2014030443A1 PCT/JP2013/068598 JP2013068598W WO2014030443A1 WO 2014030443 A1 WO2014030443 A1 WO 2014030443A1 JP 2013068598 W JP2013068598 W JP 2013068598W WO 2014030443 A1 WO2014030443 A1 WO 2014030443A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
infrared
meth
formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/068598
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
誠一 人見
星戊 朴
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2014030443A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014030443A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B69/00Dyes not provided for by a single group of this subclass
    • C09B69/10Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds
    • C09B69/109Polymeric dyes; Reaction products of dyes with monomers or with macromolecular compounds containing other specific dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D5/00Coating compositions, e.g. paints, varnishes or lacquers, characterised by their physical nature or the effects produced; Filling pastes
    • C09D5/32Radiation-absorbing paints
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • C09D7/48Stabilisers against degradation by oxygen, light or heat
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/208Filters for use with infrared or ultraviolet radiation, e.g. for separating visible light from infrared and/or ultraviolet radiation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures
    • H01L27/14601Structural or functional details thereof
    • H01L27/14618Containers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/00Use of inorganic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K3/32Phosphorus-containing compounds
    • C08K2003/321Phosphates
    • C08K2003/328Phosphates of heavy metals
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B11/00Filters or other obturators specially adapted for photographic purposes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B17/00Details of cameras or camera bodies; Accessories therefor
    • G03B17/02Bodies
    • G03B17/12Bodies with means for supporting objectives, supplementary lenses, filters, masks, or turrets
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/0002Not covered by any one of groups H01L24/00, H01L24/00 and H01L2224/00
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a near-infrared absorber and a method for producing the same. Moreover, it is related with the near-infrared absorptive composition containing a near-infrared absorber, and its manufacturing method. Moreover, it is related with the near-infrared cut filter using the near-infrared absorber and the near-infrared absorptive composition, its manufacturing method, a camera module, and its manufacturing method.
  • CCDs and CMOS image sensors which are solid-state image sensors for color images, have been used in video cameras, digital still cameras, mobile phones with camera functions, etc., but these solid-state image sensors are sensitive to near infrared rays in their light receiving parts. Therefore, it is necessary to correct visibility, and a near-infrared cut filter is often used.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 disclose a method of forming a copper complex and polymerizing the copper complex to form a layer.
  • Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not discuss the solubility of the near-infrared absorber at all.
  • Patent Document 3 has been found by the inventors of the present invention to have poor solubility.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a near-infrared absorber having a high solubility, which is intended to solve the problems that have not been studied in the prior art.
  • the above problem can be solved by forming a copper complex using a phosphate ester compound having a specific structure. That is, by adopting a phosphate monoester compound and / or a phosphate diester compound having a predetermined substituent, the structure of the resulting copper phosphate complex is distorted, thereby increasing the solubility. As a result, the present invention has been completed. Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means ⁇ 1>, preferably ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 13>.
  • Formula (1) (In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure.
  • R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • the near-infrared ray according to ⁇ 1> which is selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • Absorbent composition which is selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent, and an isopropyl group as a substituent.
  • the near-infrared ray according to ⁇ 1> which is selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • Absorbent composition which is selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • ⁇ 4> The near infrared absorption according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein a blending amount of the phosphate ester copper complex is 50 to 99% by mass in a solid content of the near infrared absorbing composition. Sex composition.
  • ⁇ 5> The near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, which is used by forming a coating film on an image sensor for a solid-state imaging device.
  • the near-infrared absorber containing the phosphate ester copper complex formed by making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with ⁇ 6> copper salt. .
  • each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms.
  • Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.
  • R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • the near-infrared ray according to ⁇ 6> selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group including any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent, and an isopropyl group as a substituent.
  • the near-infrared ray according to ⁇ 7> selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • ⁇ 9> A near-infrared cut filter produced using the near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5> or the near-infrared absorbing agent according to any one of ⁇ 6> to ⁇ 8> .
  • a camera module having a solid-state image sensor substrate and the near-infrared cut filter according to ⁇ 9> disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image sensor substrate.
  • ⁇ 11> A method of manufacturing a camera module having a solid-state image pickup device substrate and a near-infrared cut filter disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image pickup device substrate.
  • the manufacturing method of a camera module which has the process of forming a film
  • a method for producing a near-infrared absorber comprising reacting a compound represented by the following formula (1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (2) with a copper salt.
  • Formula (1) Formula (2) (In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
  • a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • (meth) acrylate represents acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth) acryl represents acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl represents acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • “monomer” and “monomer” are synonymous.
  • the monomer in the present invention is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less.
  • the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer.
  • the polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.
  • the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent.
  • the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the near infrared ray in the present invention refers to those having a maximum absorption wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm.
  • the phosphate ester compound means a phosphate monoester compound, a phosphate diester compound, or a mixture thereof.
  • the near-infrared absorber of this invention contains the phosphate ester copper complex formed by making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with copper salt.
  • Formula (1) Formula (2) (In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
  • each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms, preferably 5 or more carbon atoms, and more preferably an organic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure.
  • the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing the bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more, and the number of carbon atoms is 5
  • an organic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • R in the formulas (1) and (2) is an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and a tertiary having an alkyl group as a substituent. It is preferably selected from an alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
  • An organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent is easily cured when the (meth) acryloyloxy group forms a film.
  • the organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent may have one (meth) acryloyloxy group in one R, or two or more (meth) acryloyloxy groups. It may be. Usually, one R or two (meth) acryloyloxy groups are contained in one R.
  • the organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent.
  • the organic group which has a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent may contain substituents other than a (meth) acryloyloxy group, it is preferable that only a (meth) acryloyloxy group is included as a substituent.
  • the organic group substituted by the (meth) acryloyloxy group is an alkyl group, the alkyl chain preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent and the tertiary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent have a bulky structure, the resulting complex is distorted by steric hindrance.
  • the secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent refers to a group represented by —CHR ′ 2 (R ′ is a substituent, and at least one is an alkyl group), and the alkyl group is used as a substituent.
  • the tertiary alkyl group possessed refers to a group represented by —CR ′ 3 (R ′ is a substituent, at least one is an alkyl group).
  • R ′ is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • R ′ is preferably an isopropyl group or an alkyl group having an isopropyl group at the terminal. Therefore, the secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent and the tertiary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent are R 'is an isopropyl group or an alkyl group having an isopropyl group at the terminal.
  • Means that. R ′ preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms in total.
  • an aryl group having a substituent Since an aryl group having a substituent has a bulky structure, distortion is generated in the formed complex due to steric hindrance.
  • the substituent of the aryl group is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group, and examples thereof include an ester-containing group.
  • An organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding Rs to each other causes distortion in the formed complex due to steric hindrance or rigidity of the structure due to ring formation.
  • R forms a cyclic structure one constituting the ring is a phosphorus atom, and at least two atoms are oxygen atoms.
  • the cyclic structure is preferably composed of one phosphorus atom, two oxygen atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Furthermore, the cyclic structure may have a substituent.
  • the organic group containing any one or more of the cyclic structures formed by bonding Rs to each other has a total carbon number of 3 or more, and preferably 3 to 10.
  • R is preferably composed of an atom selected from a carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom, sulfur atom and nitrogen atom, and is composed of an atom selected from carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom and sulfur atom. More preferably, it is more preferably composed of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom and a hydrogen atom. The total of carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms and nitrogen atoms is preferably 5-30.
  • an example of an embodiment of the present invention is an embodiment in which a compound having a cyclic structure is used as the phosphate ester compound used in the present invention. Furthermore, the aspect using the compound which has an aryl group is mentioned.
  • phosphate ester compounds that can be used in the present invention are shown below, but it goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the phosphate ester compound used in the present invention can be synthesized, for example, according to the following method. ⁇ Synthesis of the following compounds>
  • Triethylamine was added to a tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution of 2,4-dimethylpentanol and stirred at 0 ° C. for 5 minutes.
  • Phosphorous oxychloride was added dropwise, and the reaction was terminated by stirring at room temperature for 6 hours. After the reaction is completed, the reaction solution is decanted with water so that the temperature does not increase by 30 ° C. or more, liquid separation is performed with chloroform / water, and the solvent in the organic layer is distilled off to obtain the following phosphate ester. it can.
  • a phosphate ester compound is reacted with a copper salt to form a phosphate ester copper complex. Usually, it forms by stirring a phosphoric ester compound and a copper salt.
  • the phosphate ester compound either one of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) may be used, or a mixture of both may be used.
  • the mixing ratio is, for example, the molar ratio of the compound represented by formula (1):
  • the molar ratio of the represented compound is preferably 0.2 to 0.8: 0.8 to 0.2, more preferably 0.3 to 0.7: 0.7 to 0.3, and 0.4 to 0. .6: More preferably 0.6 to 0.4.
  • phosphonic acids such as phosmer M, phosmer PE, phosmer PP (made by Unichemical Co., Ltd.), as a commercial item, for example.
  • the copper salt used here is preferably divalent or trivalent copper, more preferably divalent copper.
  • Copper salts include copper acetate, copper chloride, copper formate, copper stearate, copper benzoate, copper ethyl acetoacetate, copper pyrophosphate, copper naphthenate, copper citrate, copper nitrate, copper sulfate, copper carbonate, copper chlorate
  • Copper (meth) acrylate is more preferable, copper benzoate and copper (meth) acrylate are more preferable.
  • the copper complex used in the present invention has a maximum absorption wavelength in the near infrared wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm, preferably a maximum absorption wavelength of 720 to 900 nm, more preferably 750 to 850 nm, and particularly preferably 790 to 830 nm. preferable.
  • the near-infrared absorber of the present invention can be preferably used by blending with a near-infrared absorbing composition for forming an infrared cut layer.
  • a near-infrared absorbing composition for forming an infrared cut layer.
  • the amount of the phosphate ester copper complex in the near-infrared absorbing composition is 10 to 80% by mass, preferably 15 to 70% by mass, more preferably, relative to the near-infrared absorbing composition. Contains 20 to 50% by mass.
  • the blending amount of the near-infrared absorber is 35 to 90% by mass, preferably 40 to 90% by mass, more preferably 45 to 87% by mass, based on the solid content of the near-infrared absorbing composition. contains.
  • the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) will be described.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain components such as a curable compound, a polymerization initiator, a solvent, and a surfactant in addition to the near infrared absorber.
  • these components will be described.
  • the composition of the present invention usually contains a curable compound. However, this is not always necessary when the copper complex itself is an isocurable compound having a polymerizable group.
  • the curable compound may be a polymerizable compound or a non-polymerizable compound such as a binder. Moreover, a thermosetting compound may be sufficient and a photocurable compound may be sufficient.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having a polymerizable group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polymerizable compound”).
  • a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and these can be used without particular limitation in the present invention.
  • These may be any of chemical forms such as a monomer, an oligomer, a prepolymer, and a polymer.
  • the polymerizable compound may be monofunctional or polyfunctional, but is preferably polyfunctional. By including a polyfunctional compound, the near-infrared shielding property and heat resistance can be further improved.
  • the number of functional groups is not particularly defined, but 2 to 8 functional groups are preferable.
  • a polymerizable compound is a monomer having a polymerizable group (polymerizable monomer) or an oligomer having a polymerizable group (polymerizable oligomer) (hereinafter, polymerizable with a polymerizable monomer).
  • the polymerizable oligomers may be collectively referred to as “polymerizable monomers”.
  • polymerizable monomer examples include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and amides. These are esters of saturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyvalent amine compounds. Also, addition reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies with unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxyl group, amino group, mercapto group, monofunctional or polyfunctional.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.
  • esters thereof examples include esters thereof, and amides. These are esters of saturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric
  • a dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used.
  • an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol, and further a halogen group A substitution reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a detachable substituent such as a tosyloxy group and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable.
  • the polymerizable monomer or the like is also preferably a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylene group and having an ethylenically unsaturated group having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure.
  • Examples include monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexaned
  • a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used.
  • compounds having a fluorene ring and having two or more functional ethylenic groups described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, etc. Polymers can also be used.
  • JP-A-10-62986 compounds described in JP-A-10-62986 as general formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof are compounds that have been (meth) acrylated after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to the polyfunctional alcohol. Can be used as a polymerizable monomer.
  • the polymerizable monomer used in the present invention is preferably a polymerizable monomer represented by the following general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6). (In the formula, each of n is 0 to 14, and m is 1 to 8. Each of R, T, and Z present in a molecule is the same or different. When T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R. At least one of R is a polymerizable group.)
  • n is preferably 0 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • m is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R is Is preferred, Is more preferable.
  • Specific examples of the radically polymerizable monomer represented by the above general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2007-26979. Can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercially available product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku) Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (manufactured by Co., Ltd.) (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Company), and the structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are mediated by ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (
  • the polymerizable monomer is a polyfunctional monomer and may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. Therefore, if the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of a mixture as described above, this can be used as it is.
  • the acid group may be introduced by reacting the group with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride.
  • non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride examples include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, anhydrous Maleic acid is mentioned.
  • the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound.
  • a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol.
  • Examples of commercially available products include Aronix series M-305, M-510, and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
  • a preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg-KOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg-KOH / g.
  • it is essential that the acid value of the entire polyfunctional monomer is within the above range. It is.
  • the polyfunctional monomer which has a caprolactone modified structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone-modified structure in the molecule.
  • trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane Obtained by esterifying polyhydric alcohols such as pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylolmelamine, (meth) acrylic acid and ⁇ -caprolactone, Mention may be made of functional (meth) acrylates. Among these, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone-modified structure represented by the following formula (1) is preferable.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • m represents a number of 1 or 2
  • “*” represents a bond.
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.
  • the polyfunctional monomer which has a caprolactone modified structure can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.
  • polymerizable monomer or the like in the present invention is preferably at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (i) or (ii).
  • each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) yCH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —,
  • Each y independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • each X independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 3 or 4
  • each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
  • m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
  • n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
  • — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — in the general formula (i) or the general formula (ii) is a terminal on the oxygen atom side. Is preferred in which X is bonded to X.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (i) or (ii) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the above general formula (i) or (ii) is a ring-opening skeleton obtained by ring-opening addition reaction of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide with pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol, which is a conventionally known process. And a step of reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton to introduce a (meth) acryloyl group. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the general formula (i) or (ii).
  • a pentaerythritol derivative and / or a dipentaerythritol derivative is more preferable.
  • Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”).
  • exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
  • Examples of commercially available monomers such as polymerizable monomers represented by the general formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
  • Examples of the polymerizable monomer include urethane acrylates described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, and the like. Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Furthermore, as polymerizable monomers, addition polymerizable monomers having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used.
  • urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 "(manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA -306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha) and the like.
  • a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more mercapto (SH) groups in the same molecule is also suitable. Particularly preferred are those represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 is an alkyl group
  • R 2 is an n-valent aliphatic group that may contain atoms other than carbon
  • R 0 is an alkyl group that is not H
  • n represents 2 to 4
  • polyfunctional thiol compound represented by the general formula (I) is specifically exemplified, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane [formula (II)] having the following structural formula: 1,3,5-tris (3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triasian-2,4,6 (1H, 3H5H) -trione [formula (III)], and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3 -Mercaptobutyrate) [formula (IV)] and the like.
  • These polyfunctional thiols can be used alone or in combination.
  • a polymerizable monomer or oligomer having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule as the polymerizable monomer. Specific examples of these will be described collectively in the column of the compound having an epoxy group or oxetanyl group described later.
  • the 2nd preferable aspect of the composition of this invention is an aspect containing the polymer which has a polymeric group in a side chain as a polymeric compound.
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated double bond group, an epoxy group, and an oxetanyl group. The latter is described collectively in the column of the compound having an epoxy group or oxetanyl group described later.
  • the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain is a high polymer having at least one selected from functional groups represented by any one of the following general formulas (1) to (3) as an unsaturated double bond moiety. Molecular compounds are preferred.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl which may have a substituent.
  • a hydrogen atom and a methyl group are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
  • R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted group.
  • An alkyl group which may have a substituent and an aryl group which may have a substituent are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
  • X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 12 ) —
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • examples of R 12 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and an isopropyl group are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
  • examples of the substituent that can be introduced include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, A sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amide group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group and the like can be mentioned.
  • R 4 to R 8 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 to R 8 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group, or a dialkyl.
  • a hydrogen atom, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent are preferably a hydrogen
  • Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 12 ) —.
  • R 12 has the same meaning as R 12 in general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • R 9 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • a hydrogen atom or a methyl group has high radical reactivity.
  • R 10 and R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group, a dialkylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Z represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 13 ) —, or an optionally substituted phenylene group.
  • R 13 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and an isopropyl group are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
  • the structural unit containing the functional group represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) is contained in an amount of 20 mol% to 95 mol in one molecule. It is preferable that it is a compound containing in less than%. More preferably, it is 25 to 90 mol%. More preferably, it is the range of 30 mol% or more and less than 85 mol%.
  • the synthesis of the polymer compound having a structural unit containing a group represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) is a synthesis method described in paragraphs [0027] to [0057] of JP-A No. 2003-262958. Can be done on the basis of Of these, the synthesis method 1) in the publication is preferred.
  • the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond used in the present invention may further have an acid group.
  • the acid group in the present application has a dissociable group having a pKa of 14 or less.
  • a dissociable group having a pKa of 14 or less.
  • —COOH, —SO 3 H, —PO 3 H 2 , —OSO 3 H, —OPO 2 H 2, -PhOH, -SO 2 H, -SO 2 NH 2, -SO 2 NHCO -, - SO 2 NHSO 2 - and the like Of these, —COOH, —SO 3 H, and —PO 3 H 2 are preferable, and —COOH is more preferable.
  • the polymer containing an acid group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain can be obtained, for example, by adding an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound to the carboxyl group of an alkali-soluble polymer having a carboxyl group.
  • a polymer having a carboxyl group 1) a polymer obtained by radical polymerization or ion polymerization of a monomer having a carboxyl group, and 2) radical or ion polymerization of a monomer having an acid anhydride to hydrolyze or half-esterify an acid anhydride unit. 3) Epoxy acrylate obtained by modifying an epoxy polymer with an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and an acid anhydride.
  • vinyl polymers having a carboxyl group include (meth) acrylic acid, 2-succinoloyloxyethyl methacrylate, 2-malenoyloxyethyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid 2 as monomers having a carboxyl group.
  • maleic anhydride is copolymerized with styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, etc., and the maleic anhydride unit part is half-esterified with monohydric alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, or water. Also included are hydrolyzed polymers.
  • a polymer having a carboxyl group in particular, a (meth) acrylic acid (co) polymer containing (meth) acrylic acid is preferable, and specific examples of these copolymers include, for example, Methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-60-208748, Methyl methacrylate / methyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-60-214354, JP-A-5-36581 Benzyl methacrylate / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate copolymer described in JP-A-5-333542, methyl methacrylate / n-butyl methacrylate / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer Polymer, styrene / methacrylic acid methyl ester described in JP-A
  • the polymer containing an acid group and a polymerizable group in the side chain in the present invention has an unsaturated double bond moiety as a structural unit represented by any one of the following general formulas (1-1) to (3-1).
  • a polymer compound having at least one selected is preferable.
  • a 1 , A 2 , and A 3 each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —, and R 21 Represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • G 1 , G 2 , and G 3 each independently represent a divalent organic group.
  • X and Z each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 22 ) —, and R 22 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an optionally substituted phenylene group, or —N (R 23 ) —, and R 23 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group.
  • R 1 to R 20 each independently represents a monovalent substituent.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may further have a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, and R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 4 to R 6 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples of R 4 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may further have a substituent, among which a hydrogen atom, a methyl group An ethyl group is preferred.
  • R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkyl group that may further have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • An arylsulfonyl group which may be substituted may be mentioned.
  • a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group which may further have a substituent, and an aryl group which may further have a substituent are preferable.
  • substituent that can be introduced include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an isopropyloxycarbonyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a phenyl group.
  • a 1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —
  • X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 22 ) —
  • R 21 and R 22 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • G 1 represents a divalent organic group, but an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable. More preferably, it has an alkylene group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituent which has 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Aromatic groups may be mentioned.
  • An alkylene group and an aromatic group which may have a substituent having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable in terms of performance such as strength and developability.
  • a hydroxyl group is preferable as a substituent in G 1 .
  • R 7 to R 9 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may further have a substituent.
  • R 7 and R 8 are preferably a hydrogen atom
  • R 9 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 10 to R 12 each independently represents a monovalent substituent. Specific examples of the substituent include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, and a nitro group.
  • examples thereof include an oxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent, and an arylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent.
  • a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a substituent may be further included.
  • a good alkyl group and an aryl group which may further have a substituent are preferred.
  • examples of the substituent that can be introduced include those listed in the general formula (1-1).
  • a 2 independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —, wherein R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or the like.
  • G 2 represents a divalent organic group, and an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable. Preferably, it has an alkylene group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituent which has 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Aromatic groups, etc. may be mentioned.
  • An aromatic group which may have a substituent having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable in terms of performance such as strength and developability.
  • the substituent in G 2 is preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 23 ) — or an optionally substituted phenylene group.
  • R 23 include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • R 13 to R 15 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • 13 and R 14 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R 15 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 16 to R 20 each independently represents a monovalent substituent.
  • R 16 to R 20 are, for example, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, or a cyano group.
  • An alkyl group that may further have a substituent, an aryl group that may further have a substituent, an alkoxy group that may further have a substituent, an aryloxy group that may further have a substituent examples include an alkylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent, an arylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent, and the like. Among them, a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkyl group that may further have a substituent An aryl group which may further have a substituent is preferable. Examples of the substituent that can be introduced include those listed in the general formula (1).
  • a 3 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —
  • Z represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 22 ) —.
  • R 21 and R 22 include the same as those in the general formula (1).
  • G 3 represents a divalent organic group, but an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable. Preferably, it has an alkylene group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituent which has 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Aromatic groups, etc. may be mentioned. Among them, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a cycloalkylene which may have a substituent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. An aromatic group which may have a substituent having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable in terms of performance such as strength and developability.
  • the substituent in G 3 is preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and an acid group include the following polymer compounds 1 to 17.
  • the polymer having an acid group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain in the present invention preferably has an acid value in the range of 20 to 300, preferably 40 to 200, more preferably 60 to 150.
  • the polymer having a polymerizable group in the side chain used in the present invention is also preferably a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a urethane group in the side chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “urethane polymer”).
  • the urethane polymer has a structural unit represented by a reaction product of at least one diisocyanate compound represented by the following general formula (4) and at least one diol compound represented by the general formula (5).
  • a polyurethane polymer having a basic skeleton hereinafter referred to as “specific polyurethane polymer” as appropriate).
  • X 0 and Y 0 each independently represent a divalent organic residue.
  • At least one of the diisocyanate compound represented by the general formula (4) and the diol compound represented by the general formula (5) is represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) in which the unsaturated double bond portion is represented. ) Group represented by the above general formulas (1) to (3) as a reaction product of the diisocyanate compound and the diol compound.
  • a specific polyurethane polymer in which is introduced is produced. According to this method, the specific polyurethane polymer according to the present invention can be produced more easily than the substitution and introduction of a desired side chain after the reaction of the polyurethane polymer.
  • Diisocyanate compound represented by the general formula (4) is obtained by, for example, subjecting a triisocyanate compound to 1 equivalent of a monofunctional alcohol or monofunctional amine compound having an unsaturated group. There are products that are produced. Examples of the triisocyanate compound include those shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • Examples of the monofunctional alcohol or monofunctional amine compound having an unsaturated group include those shown below, but are not limited thereto.
  • a method for introducing an unsaturated group into the side chain of the polyurethane polymer a method using a diisocyanate compound containing an unsaturated group in the side chain as a raw material for producing the polyurethane polymer is suitable.
  • the diisocyanate compound obtained by addition reaction of a triisocyanate compound and a monofunctional alcohol having an unsaturated group or 1 equivalent of a monofunctional amine compound having an unsaturated group in the side chain include, for example, Although the following are mentioned, it is not limited to this.
  • the specific polyurethane polymer used in the present invention includes, for example, the above-mentioned diisocyanate compound containing an unsaturated group from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with other components in the polymerizable composition and improving storage stability.
  • diisocyanate compounds can be copolymerized.
  • diisocyanate compound to be copolymerized examples include the following.
  • Preferred is a diisocyanate compound represented by the following general formula (6).
  • L 1 represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. If necessary, L 1 may have another functional group that does not react with an isocyanate group, such as an ester, urethane, amide, or ureido group.
  • diisocyanate compound represented by the general formula (6) examples include those shown below. 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate dimer, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, p-xylylene diisocyanate, m-xylylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate Aromatic diisocyanate compounds such as 1,5-naphthylene diisocyanate, 3,3′-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4′-diisocyanate; Aliphatic diisocyanate compounds such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, dimer acid diisocyanate and the like; Alicyclic diisocyanate compounds such as isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4′-methylenebis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), methylcyclohexane
  • Diol Compound As the diol compound represented by the general formula (5), a polyether diol compound, a polyester diol compound, a polycarbonate diol compound, and the like are widely used.
  • a method for introducing an unsaturated group into the side chain of the polyurethane polymer in addition to the above-described method, a method using a diol compound containing an unsaturated group in the side chain as a raw material for producing the polyurethane polymer is also suitable.
  • a diol compound may be a commercially available one such as trimethylolpropane monoallyl ether, a halogenated diol compound, a triol compound, an aminodiol compound, a carboxylic acid containing an unsaturated group, and an acid. It may be a compound that is easily produced by a reaction with a chloride, isocyanate, alcohol, amine, thiol, or alkyl halide compound. Specific examples of these compounds include, but are not limited to, the compounds shown below.
  • a polyurethane obtained by using a diol compound represented by the following general formula (G) as at least one diol compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the synthesis of polyurethane You can list trees.
  • R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group
  • A represents a divalent organic residue
  • X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or — N (R 12 ) — is represented
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 1 ⁇ R 3 and X in the general formula (G) said a general formula (1) the same meaning as R 1 ⁇ R 3 and X in preferred embodiments versa.
  • the coating strength of the layer can be improved by suppressing the excessive molecular motion of the polymer main chain caused by the secondary alcohol having a large steric hindrance. It is done.
  • the diol compound represented by the general formula (G) which are suitably used for the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer will be shown.
  • the specific polyurethane polymer used in the present invention is, for example, the above-mentioned diol compound containing an unsaturated group from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with other components in the polymerizable composition and improving storage stability.
  • Diol compounds other than can be copolymerized examples include the polyether diol compounds, polyester diol compounds, and polycarbonate diol compounds described above.
  • polyether diol compound examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (7), (8), (9), (10), and (11), and random copolymerization of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide having a hydroxyl group at the terminal. Coalescence is mentioned.
  • R 14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • X 1 represents the following group.
  • A, b, c, d, e, f, and g each represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 100.
  • polyether diol compound represented by the above formulas (7) and (8) include the following. That is, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, pentaethylene glycol, hexaethylene glycol, heptaethylene glycol, octaethylene glycol, di-1,2-propylene glycol, tri-1,2-propylene glycol, tetra-1, 2-propylene glycol, hexa-1,2-propylene glycol, di-1,3-propylene glycol, tri-1,3-propylene glycol, tetra-1,3-propylene glycol, di-1,3-butylene glycol, Tri-1,3-butylene glycol, hexa-1,3-butylene glycol, polyethylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 1000, polyethylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 1500, poly with a weight average molecular weight of 2000 Tylene glycol, polyethylene glycol with a weight average mo
  • polyether diol compound represented by the formula (9) examples include those shown below. That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) PTMG650, PTMG1000, PTMG2000, PTMG3000, and the like.
  • polyether diol compound represented by the formula (10) examples include those shown below. That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) New Pole PE-61, New Pole PE-62, New Pole PE-64, New Pole PE-68, New Pole PE-71, New Pole PE-74, New Pole PE-75, New Pole PE-78, New Pole PE-108, New Pole PE-128, New Pole PE-61, and the like.
  • polyether diol compound represented by the formula (11) examples include those shown below. That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) New Pole BPE-20, New Pole BPE-20F, New Pole BPE-20NK, New Pole BPE-20T, New Pole BPE-20G, New Pole BPE-40, New Pole BPE-60, New Pole BPE-100, New Pole BPE-180, New Pole BPE-2P, New Pole BPE-23P, New Pole BPE-3P, New Pole BPE-5P, etc.
  • Random copolymer of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide having a hydroxyl group at the terminal include the following. That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) New Pole 50HB-100, New Pole 50HB-260, New Pole 50HB-400, New Pole 50HB-660, New Pole 50HB-2000, New Pole 50HB-5100, etc. It is.
  • polyester diol compound examples include compounds represented by formulas (12) and (13).
  • L 2 , L 3 and L 4 may be the same or different and each represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group, and L 5 represents a divalent aliphatic carbonization.
  • L 2 to L 4 each represent an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, or an arylene group, and L 5 represents an alkylene group.
  • other functional groups that do not react with the isocyanate group such as ether, carbonyl, ester, cyano, olefin, urethane, amide, ureido group, or halogen atom may be present.
  • n1 and n2 are each an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 100.
  • the polycarbonate diol compound there is a compound represented by the formula (14).
  • L 6 may be the same or different and each represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • L 6 represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group or an arylene group.
  • other functional groups that do not react with the isocyanate group such as ether, carbonyl, ester, cyano, olefin, urethane, amide, ureido group or halogen atom may be present in L 6 .
  • n3 is an integer of 2 or more, and preferably represents an integer of 2 to 100.
  • diol compound represented by the above formula (12), (13) or (14) include (Exemplary Compound No. 1) to (Exemplary Compound No. 18) shown below.
  • N in the specific examples represents an integer of 2 or more.
  • a diol compound having a substituent that does not react with an isocyanate group can be used in combination for the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer.
  • Examples of such diol compounds include those shown below.
  • L 7 and L 8 may be the same or different, and each may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, —F, — And a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group which may have a halogen atom such as Cl, -Br, -I, etc.). If necessary, L 7 and L 8 may have another functional group that does not react with an isocyanate group, such as a carbonyl group, an ester group, a urethane group, an amide group, or a ureido group. Note that L 7 and L 8 may form a ring.
  • a substituent for example, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, —F, — And a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group or hetero
  • a diol compound having a carboxyl group can be used in combination with the diol compound.
  • diol compounds include those represented by the following formulas (17) to (19).
  • R 15 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituent (for example, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom such as —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, etc.), —CONH 2 , —COOR 16 , —OR 16 , —NHCONHR 16 , —NHCOOR 16 , —NHCOR 16 , —OCONHR 16 (wherein R 16 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms).
  • a substituent for example, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom such as —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, etc.
  • R 16 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • An alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group which may have a group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 6 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • L 9 , L 10 and L 11 may be the same or different from each other, and may have a single bond or a substituent (for example, alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy and halogeno groups are preferred).
  • L 9 to L 11 may have other functional groups that do not react with isocyanate groups, such as carbonyl, ester, urethane, amide, ureido, and ether groups.
  • a ring may be formed by 2 or 3 of R 15 , L 7 , L 8 and L 9 .
  • Ar represents a trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and preferably represents an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • diol compound having a carboxyl group represented by the above formulas (17) to (19) include those shown below. 3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) propionic acid, 2,2-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) propionic acid, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxypropyl) propionic acid, Bis (hydroxymethyl) acetic acid, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) acetic acid, 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butyric acid, 4,4-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) pentanoic acid, tartaric acid, N, N-dihydroxyethylglycine N, N-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -3-carboxy-propionamide and the like.
  • the polyurethane polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is a polymer further having a carboxyl group in the side chain, and more specifically, an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain.
  • a polyurethane polymer having 0.3 meq / g or more and having a carboxyl group in the side chain of 0.4 meq / g or more is particularly preferably used as the binder polymer of the present invention.
  • a compound obtained by ring-opening a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formulas (20) to (22) with a diol compound may be used in combination with the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer. it can.
  • L 12 may have a single bond or a substituent (eg, alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, halogeno, ester, amide groups are preferred).
  • a substituent eg, alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, halogeno, ester, amide groups are preferred.
  • R 17 and R 18 may be the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or a halogeno group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Group, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a halogeno group. Two of L 12 , R 17 and R 18 may be bonded to form a ring.
  • R 19 and R 20 may be the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group or a halogeno group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 6 Represents ⁇ 15 aryl groups.
  • Two of L 12 , R 19 and R 20 may be bonded to form a ring.
  • L 13 and L 14 may be the same or different and each represents a single bond, a double bond, or a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and preferably represents a single bond, a double bond, or a methylene group.
  • A represents a mononuclear or polynuclear aromatic ring. Preferably, it represents an aromatic ring having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (20), (21) or (22) include those shown below. That is, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6 , 7-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4′-sulfonyldiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4 Dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, 4,4 ′-[3,3 ′-(alkylphosphoryldiphenylene) -bis (iminocarbonyl)] diphthalic acid Dianhydride,
  • Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as adducts of hydroquinone diacetate and trimetic anhydride, diacetyldiamine and trimetic anhydride; 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-methyl- 3-cyclohexsi-1,2-dicarboxylic acid anhydride (Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd., Epicron B-4400), 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2 Alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 1,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, Aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 2,4,5-pentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • Examples of a method for introducing a compound obtained by ring-opening these tetracarboxylic dianhydrides with a diol compound into a polyurethane polymer include the following methods. a) A method of reacting an alcohol-terminated compound obtained by ring-opening tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diol compound and a diisocyanate compound. b) A method of reacting an alcohol-terminated urethane compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound under an excess of a diol compound with tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • diol compound used for the ring-opening reaction examples include those shown below. That is, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-butene- 1,4-diol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 1,4-bis- ⁇ -hydroxyethoxycyclohexane, cyclohexanedimethanol, tricyclodecane dimethanol, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydrogenated Bisphenol F, bisphenol A ethylene oxide adduct, bisphenol A propylene oxide adduct, bisphenol F ethylene oxide adduct, bisphenol F pro Renoxide adduct, hydrogenated bisphenol A ethylene oxide adduct, hydrogenated bisphenol A propylene oxide
  • the specific polyurethane polymer that can be used in the present invention is synthesized by adding the above-mentioned diisocyanate compound and diol compound to an aprotic solvent by adding a known catalyst having an activity corresponding to each reactivity and heating.
  • the molar ratio (M a : M b ) of the diisocyanate and diol compound used in the synthesis is preferably 1: 1 to 1.2: 1, and the molecular weight or viscosity is desired by treatment with alcohols or amines.
  • the product having the physical properties is finally synthesized in a form in which no isocyanate group remains.
  • the amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds introduced in the specific polyurethane polymer according to the present invention is, in terms of equivalents, 0.3 meq / g or more, more preferably 0.35 to It is preferable to contain 1.50 meq / g.
  • the molecular weight of the specific polyurethane polymer according to the present invention is preferably 10,000 or more in terms of weight average molecular weight, and more preferably in the range of 40,000 to 200,000.
  • styrene polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain
  • styrene polymer a styrene polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain
  • styrene polymer a styrenic double bond (styrene) represented by the following general formula (23): And ⁇ -methylstyrene-based double bond) and those having at least one of vinylpyridinium groups represented by the following general formula (24) are more preferable.
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 22 represents any substitutable atom or atomic group.
  • k represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • the styrenic double bond represented by the general formula (23) is connected to the polymer main chain through a single bond or a connecting group consisting of an arbitrary atom or atomic group, and the way of bonding is particularly There is no limit.
  • the preferable example is shown as a repeating unit of the high molecular compound which has a functional group represented by General formula (23) below, this invention is not limited to these examples.
  • R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 24 represents any substitutable atom or atomic group.
  • m represents an integer of 0 to 4.
  • a ⁇ represents an anion.
  • the pyridinium ring may take the form of benzopyridinium fused with a benzene ring as a substituent, and in this case includes a quinolium group and an isoquinolium group.
  • the vinylpyridinium group represented by the general formula (24) is connected to the polymer main chain through a single bond or a connecting group consisting of an arbitrary atom or atomic group, and there is no particular limitation on the way of bonding. Absent. Although the preferable example is shown below as a repeating unit of the high molecular compound which has a functional group represented by General formula (24) below, this invention is not limited to these examples.
  • One of the methods for synthesizing the styrenic polymer is a monomer having a functional group represented by the general formula (23) or (24) and having a functional group copolymerizable with another copolymer component.
  • the method of copolymerizing each other using a well-known copolymerization method is mentioned.
  • the styrenic polymer may be a homopolymer having only one of the functional groups represented by the general formulas (23) and (24), or either one or A copolymer having two or more types of both functional groups may be used.
  • a copolymer with other copolymerization monomers not containing these functional groups may be a copolymer with other copolymerization monomers not containing these functional groups.
  • a carboxy group-containing monomer for the purpose of, for example, imparting solubility to an aqueous alkaline solution to the polymer, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid 2-carboxyethyl ester.
  • examples include 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl ester, 4-carboxystyrene and the like.
  • monomers that can be incorporated into the copolymer include styrene, 4-methylstyrene, 4-hydroxystyrene, 4-acetoxystyrene, 4-carboxystyrene, 4-aminostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, and 4-methoxystyrene.
  • Styrene derivatives such as, vinylphosphonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid and salts thereof, styrenesulfonic acid and salts thereof, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinylpyridine, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinylcarbazole, 4-vinylbenzyltrimethylammonium chloride Quaternized product of N-vinylimidazole with methyl chloride, 4-vinylbenzylpyridinium chloride, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, phenylmaleimide, hydroxyphenylmaleimide, vinyl acetate, Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl stearate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, N-vinylpyrrolidone, acryloylmorpholine, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, allyl alcohol Various monomers such as vinyltrimethoxy
  • the proportion of the repeating unit having the functional group represented by the general formula (23) and / or the general formula (24) in the entire copolymer composition Is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more. Within this range, the effect of the present invention is excellent and a highly sensitive crosslinking system is provided.
  • the molecular weight of the styrenic polymer is preferably in the range of 10,000 to 300,000, more preferably in the range of 15,000 to 200,000, and most preferably in the range of 20,000 to 150,000.
  • novolak polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain for example, the polymers described in JP-A-9-269596
  • examples thereof include a polymer in which an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into a side chain using the method described in Japanese Patent No. 62648.
  • examples of the acetal polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain include polymers described in JP-A No. 2002-162741.
  • the polyamide-based polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain for example, the polymer described in Japanese Patent Application No.
  • JP-A-2002-62648 examples thereof include a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced into the side chain by the described method.
  • examples of the polyimide polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain include, for example, a polymer described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2003-339785, or a polyimide polymer cited therein, and a method described in JP-A-2002-62648. And polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced in the side chain.
  • the 3rd preferable aspect of this invention is an aspect containing the compound which has an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group as a polymeric compound.
  • the compound having an epoxy group or oxetanyl group include a polymer having an epoxy group in the side chain, and a polymerizable monomer or oligomer having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule, and a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, Bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, aliphatic epoxy resin and the like can be mentioned. These compounds may be used as commercial products or can be obtained by introducing an epoxy group into the side chain of the polymer.
  • bisphenol A type epoxy resin JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc.
  • bisphenol F type epoxy resin is JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON830, EPICLON835.
  • ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), JER1031S (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • polymer having an oxetanyl group in the side chain and the polymerizable monomer or oligomer having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule include Aronoxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX ( As described above, Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be used.
  • the introduction reaction includes tertiary amines such as triethylamine and benzylmethylamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, pyridine,
  • the reaction can be carried out in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. for several to several tens of hours using triphenylphosphine as a catalyst.
  • the amount of the alicyclic epoxy unsaturated compound introduced is preferably controlled so that the acid value of the obtained polymer is in a range satisfying 5 to 200 KOH ⁇ mg / g.
  • the molecular weight is preferably in the range of 500 to 5000000, more preferably 1000 to 500000 on a weight average.
  • the epoxy unsaturated compound those having a glycidyl group as an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether can be used, but preferred are unsaturated compounds having an alicyclic epoxy group. Examples of such compounds include the following compounds.
  • the details of the use method such as the structure, single use or combined use, and addition amount of these polymerizable compounds can be arbitrarily set in accordance with the final performance design of the near-infrared absorbing composition.
  • a structure having a high unsaturated group content per molecule is preferable, and in many cases, a bifunctional or higher functionality is preferable.
  • those having three or more functionalities are preferable.
  • different functional numbers / different polymerizable groups for example, acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, styrene compounds, vinyl ether compounds).
  • a method of adjusting both sensitivity and intensity by using a combination of these materials is also effective.
  • selection and use of polymerizable compounds are important for compatibility and dispersibility with other components (eg, metal oxides, dyes, polymerization initiators) contained in the near-infrared absorbing composition.
  • the compatibility may be improved by using a low-purity compound or using two or more kinds in combination.
  • a specific structure may be selected from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to a hard surface such as a support.
  • the amount of the polymerizable compound added to the composition of the present invention is in the range of 1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content excluding the solvent. It is preferable to add. Only one type of polymerizable compound or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • a binder polymer can be further contained in addition to the polymerizable compound as necessary for the purpose of improving the film properties.
  • an alkali-soluble resin is preferably used as the binder polymer. By containing an alkali-soluble resin, there is an effect in improving heat resistance and fine adjustment of coating properness.
  • the alkali-soluble resin is a linear organic polymer, and promotes at least one alkali-solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins having a group. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acryl / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable. From the viewpoint of development control, acrylic resins and acrylamide resins are preferable. Resins and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
  • Examples of the group that promotes alkali solubility include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group.
  • the group is soluble in an organic solvent and developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution. Possible are preferable, and (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable.
  • These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the monomer capable of imparting an acid group after the polymerization include a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-isocyanatoethyl (methacrylate). ) Monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate. These monomers for introducing an acid group may be only one type or two or more types.
  • a monomer having an acid group and / or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer for introducing an acid group”) .) May be polymerized as a monomer component.
  • a treatment for imparting an acid group as described later is required after the polymerization.
  • a known radical polymerization method can be applied.
  • Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and experimental conditions are determined. It can also be done.
  • a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferable, such as a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and a crotonic acid copolymer.
  • a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin.
  • examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds.
  • alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate,
  • vinyl compounds such as hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfury
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent
  • the polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing the monomer component essential to “ether dimer”) is contained as the essential polymer component (A).
  • the composition of this invention can form the cured coating film which was very excellent also in heat resistance and transparency.
  • the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited.
  • Linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; Alicyclic groups such as cyclohexyl, t-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as benzyl; and the like.
  • an acid such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl or the like, or a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be
  • ether dimer examples include dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, (N-propyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isopropyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (n-butyl) ) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobutyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-butyl) -2, 2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-amyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, (Stearyl) -2,2,2
  • dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2′- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred.
  • These ether dimers may be only one kind or two or more kinds.
  • the structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may be copolymerized with other monomers.
  • the constitutional unit derived from the ether dimer is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol% of the whole.
  • Other monomers may be copolymerized with the ether dimer.
  • Other monomers that can be copolymerized with the ether dimer include, for example, a monomer for introducing an acid group, a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond, and an epoxy group. Monomers and other copolymerizable monomers other than these may be mentioned. Only 1 type may be used for such a monomer and it may use 2 or more types.
  • Examples of the monomer for introducing an acid group include monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid, monomers having a phenolic hydroxyl group such as N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide, maleic anhydride, and anhydride. And monomers having a carboxylic anhydride group such as itaconic acid.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable.
  • the monomer for introducing an acid group may be a monomer that can give an acid group after polymerization, such as a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, Examples thereof include monomers having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and monomers having an isocyanate group such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond when using a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting an acid group after polymerization.
  • the treatment for adding an acid group after polymerization varies depending on the type of monomer, and examples thereof include the following treatment.
  • a treatment of adding an acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride or the like can be mentioned.
  • a compound having an amino group and an acid group such as N-methylaminobenzoic acid or N-methylaminophenol is added, or, for example, (meth) acrylic
  • an acid anhydride such as succinic acid anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic acid anhydride, maleic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl group generated after adding an acid such as an acid
  • a monomer having an isocyanate group for example, a treatment of adding a compound having a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as 2-hydroxybutyric acid can be mentioned.
  • the content ratio is not particularly limited, In the monomer component, the content is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
  • Examples of the monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond include, for example, monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; carboxylic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride Monomers having a group; monomers having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether; .
  • a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization.
  • the treatment for imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization differs depending on the type of monomer that can impart a radical polymerizable double bond to be used, and examples thereof include the following treatment.
  • a monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid or itaconic acid
  • Treatment of adding a compound having an epoxy group such as vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether and a radically polymerizable double bond.
  • a treatment for adding a compound having a hydroxyl group and a radical polymerizable double bond such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate Is mentioned.
  • a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether is used, (meth)
  • the process which adds the compound which has acid groups, such as acrylic acid, and a radically polymerizable double bond is mentioned.
  • the content ratio is particularly limited. However, it is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass in the total monomer components.
  • Examples of the monomer for introducing an epoxy group include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the content ratio is not particularly limited, In the monomer component, the content is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
  • copolymerizable monomers include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n (meth) acrylate -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, methyl 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acrylic acid 2- (Meth) acrylic acid esters such as hydroxyethyl; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, vinyltoluene and ⁇ -methylstyrene; N-substituted maleimides such as N-phenylmaleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide; butadiene, isoprene and the like Butad
  • the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is 95% by mass. The following is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is 85 mass% or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) is not particularly limited, but is formed by the viscosity of the colored radiation-sensitive composition and the composition. From the viewpoint of heat resistance of the coating film, it is preferably 2000 to 200000, more preferably 5000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 5000 to 20000.
  • the acid value is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 It should be ⁇ 400 mg KOH / g.
  • a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a compound represented by the general formula (ED) can be easily obtained by polymerizing at least the above-mentioned monomer essentially containing an ether dimer. . At this time, the cyclization reaction of the ether dimer proceeds simultaneously with the polymerization to form a tetrahydropyran ring structure.
  • the polymerization method applied to the synthesis of the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods can be adopted. However, it is particularly preferable to use a solution polymerization method.
  • exemplary compounds of a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a compound represented by the general formula (ED) are shown, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the composition ratio of the exemplary compounds shown below is mol%.
  • DM dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate
  • BzMA benzyl methacrylate
  • MMA methyl methacrylate
  • MAA Methacrylic acid
  • GMA glycidyl methacrylate
  • the molar ratio of DM: BzMA: MMA: MAA: GMA is preferably 5 to 15:40 to 50: 5 to 15: 5 to 15:20 to 30. It is preferable that 95% by mass or more of the components constituting the copolymer used in the present invention is these components.
  • the weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is preferably 9000 to 20000.
  • an alkali-soluble phenol resin can also be preferably used.
  • the alkali-soluble phenol resin include novolak resins and vinyl polymers.
  • the novolac resin include those obtained by condensing phenols and aldehydes in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • the phenols include phenol, cresol, ethylphenol, butylphenol, xylenol, phenylphenol, catechol, resorcinol, pyrogallol, naphthol, and bisphenol A.
  • the aldehydes include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, and benzaldehyde. The said phenols and aldehydes can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • novolak resin examples include, for example, a condensation product of metacresol, paracresol or a mixture thereof and formalin.
  • the molecular weight distribution of the novolak resin may be adjusted using a means such as fractionation. Moreover, you may mix the low molecular weight component which has phenolic hydroxyl groups, such as bisphenol C and bisphenol A, with the said novolak resin.
  • alkali-soluble resin in particular, a benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and a multi-component copolymer composed of benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers are suitable.
  • 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymerized 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-7-140654, 2-hydroxy -3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / Benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer.
  • the acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g to 150 mgKOH / g, and most preferably 70 to 120 mgKOH / g.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and most preferably 7,000 to 20,000.
  • the content of the binder polymer in the present invention is preferably 1% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% by mass to the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, it is 60 mass%.
  • the composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Only one type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the above range.
  • the solvent is preferably contained in a proportion of 10 to 65% by mass with respect to the composition, more preferably 20 to 65% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 65% by mass with respect to the composition.
  • the solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose as long as it can uniformly dissolve or disperse each component of the composition of the present invention.
  • Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, n-hexanol, and the like
  • Examples of ketones include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and the like
  • Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, acetic acid n-amyl, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethyl propionate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, Methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, dimethyl phthalate, ethyl
  • ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobut
  • Butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like
  • aromatic hydrocarbons for example, toluene, xylene, benzene, ethylbenzene, etc.
  • halogenated hydrocarbons include carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, chloroform, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, methylene chloride, monochlorobenzene, and the like
  • Preferable examples include dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, sulfolane and the like.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiator. Only one type of polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the above range. 0.01 mass% to 30 mass% is preferable, 0.1 mass% to 20 mass% is more preferable, and 0.1 mass% to 15 mass% is particularly preferable.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound by light or heat, or both, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. It is preferable that When polymerization is initiated by light, those having photosensitivity to visible light from the ultraviolet region are preferred. Further, when the polymerization is initiated by heat, a polymerization initiator that decomposes at 150 ° C. to 250 ° C. is preferable.
  • the polymerization initiator that can be used in the present invention is preferably a compound having at least an aromatic group.
  • Onium salt compounds organoboron salt compounds, disulfone compounds, and the like. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, ⁇ -aminoketone compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, and thiol compounds are preferred. Examples of the polymerization initiator suitable for the present invention will be given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • acetophenone compound examples include 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, and p-dimethylaminoacetophenone.
  • the trihalomethyl compound is an s-triazine derivative in which at least one mono, di, or trihalogen-substituted methyl group is bonded to the s-triazine ring, specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris (Monochloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (dichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- ( ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ -trichloroethyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) ) -S-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-methoxypheny
  • hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include, for example, each specification such as JP-B-6-29285, US Pat. Nos. 3,479,185, 4,311,783, and 4,622,286. And, specifically, 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-bromophenyl) )) 4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o, p-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2 ′ -Bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetra (m-methoxyphenyl) biidazole, 2,2'-bis (o, o'-dichlorophenyl) -4,4
  • oxime compounds examples include J.M. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 1653-1660, J. MoI. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232, Journal of Applied Polymer Science (2012) pp. 725-731, compounds described in JP-A 2000-66385, compounds described in JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, IRGACURE OXE 01 (1.2-octanedione, 1) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.
  • IRGACURE OXE 02 ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] -, 1- (O-acetyloxime)), 2- (acetyloxyiminomethyl) thioxanthen-9-one and the like.
  • it can also be suitably used for the cyclic oxime compounds described in JP-A-2007-231000 and JP-A-2007-322744.
  • an oxime compound having a specific substituent as disclosed in JP 2007-26997A and an oxime compound having a thioaryl group as disclosed in JP 2009-191061 A can be given.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (1) is also preferable.
  • the oxime N—O bond may be an (E) oxime compound, a (Z) oxime compound, or a mixture of (E) and (Z) isomers. .
  • R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group.
  • the monovalent nonmetallic atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group.
  • these groups may have one or more substituents.
  • the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
  • substituents examples include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, and a decyl group.
  • the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, and a 9-anthryl group.
  • 9-phenanthryl group 1-pyrenyl group, 5-naphthacenyl group, 1-indenyl group, 2-azurenyl group, 9-fluorenyl group, terphenyl group, quarterphenyl group, o-, m- and p-tolyl group, Xylyl group, o-, m- and p-cumenyl group, mesityl group, pentarenyl group, binaphthalenyl group, tarnaphthalenyl group, quarternaphthalenyl group, heptalenyl group, biphenylenyl group, indacenyl group, fluoranthenyl group, acenaphthylenyl group, ASEAN Trirenyl group, phenalenyl group, fluorenyl group, anthryl group, bianthracenyl group, Anthracenyl group, quarter anthracenyl group, anthraquinolyl group,
  • the acyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an acyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, specifically, an acetyl group, a propanoyl group, a butanoyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a pentanoyl group, a benzoyl group, 1-naphthoyl group, 2-naphthoyl group, 4-methylsulfanylbenzoyl group, 4-phenylsulfanylbenzoyl group, 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl group, 4-diethylaminobenzoyl group, 2-chlorobenzoyl group, 2-methylbenzoyl group, 2 -Methoxybenzoyl group, 2-butoxybenzoyl group, 3-chlorobenzoyl group, 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl group, 3-cyanobenzoyl group, 3-nitrobenzoyl group, 4-fluorobenzoyl group, 4-cyanobenz
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group, an octyloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, and a trifluoromethyloxycarbonyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is preferably an aromatic or aliphatic heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
  • thienyl group benzo [b] thienyl group, naphtho [2,3-b] thienyl group, thiantenyl group, furyl group, pyranyl group, isobenzofuranyl group, chromenyl group, xanthenyl group, phenoxathiyl Nyl group, 2H-pyrrolyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyridazinyl group, indolizinyl group, isoindolyl group, 3H-indolyl group, indolyl group, 1H-indazolyl group, pur
  • alkylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent include a methylthiocarbonyl group, a propylthiocarbonyl group, a butylthiocarbonyl group, a hexylthiocarbonyl group, an octylthiocarbonyl group, a decylthiocarbonyl group, and an octadecylthiocarbonyl group.
  • Examples thereof include a group and a trifluoromethylthiocarbonyl group.
  • the monovalent substituent represented by B represents an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
  • Y, X, and n have the same meanings as Y, X, and n in formula (2) described later, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by A include an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyclohexylene group, and an alkynylene group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent. Among them, A is an alkylene substituted with an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, or a dodecyl group) from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity and suppressing coloration due to heating.
  • an alkylene substituted with an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, or a dodecyl group
  • alkylene group substituted with alkenyl group for example, vinyl group, allyl group
  • aryl group for example, phenyl group, p-tolyl group, xylyl group, cumenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, styryl group
  • alkylene group substituted with alkenyl group for example, vinyl group, allyl group
  • aryl group for example, phenyl group, p-tolyl group, xylyl group, cumenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, styryl group
  • the aryl group represented by Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and may have a substituent.
  • substituents include the same substituents as those introduced into the substituted aryl group mentioned above as specific examples of the aryl group which may have a substituent.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity and suppressing coloring due to heating.
  • the structure of “SAr” formed by the Ar and the adjacent S is the following structure.
  • Me represents a methyl group
  • Et represents an ethyl group.
  • the oxime compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2).
  • R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent
  • a and Y each independently represent a divalent organic group
  • Ar represents an aryl group
  • n represents 0-5.
  • R, A, and Ar in formula (2) have the same meanings as R, A, and Ar in formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
  • Examples of the monovalent substituent represented by X include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amino group, a heterocyclic group, and a halogen atom. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
  • X is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoints of solvent solubility and improvement in absorption efficiency in the long wavelength region.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 5, and an integer of 0 to 2 is preferable.
  • Examples of the divalent organic group represented by Y include the following structures.
  • * represents the bonding position between Y and the adjacent carbon atom in the formula (2).
  • the oxime compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3).
  • R, X, A, Ar, and n in the formula (3) have the same meanings as R, X, A, Ar, and n in the formula (2), respectively, and preferred examples are also the same.
  • PIox-1 to (PIox-13) of oxime compounds that can be suitably used are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the oxime compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 455 nm. Particularly preferred.
  • the oxime compound preferably has a molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm of 3,000 to 300,000, more preferably 5,000 to 300,000, more preferably 10,000 to 200, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is particularly preferred.
  • a known method can be used for the molar extinction coefficient of the compound. Specifically, for example, 0.01 g of an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Vary Inc., Carry-5 spctrophotometer) using an ethyl acetate solvent is used. It is preferable to measure at a concentration of / L.
  • the photopolymerization initiator is more preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969, an acylphosphine oxide initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898, and the oxime initiator described above, As the oxime initiator, compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842 can also be used. As the acetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used. As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used.
  • the composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined.
  • the blending amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 0.01 to 0.1% by mass or less.
  • various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
  • the composition of the present invention contains a fluorosurfactant
  • the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved. Sex can be improved more. That is, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a fluorosurfactant is applied, the wettability to the coated surface is reduced by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid. Is improved, and the coating property to the coated surface is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several ⁇ m is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass.
  • a fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in near-infrared absorbing compositions. .
  • fluorosurfactant examples include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
  • nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, Sparse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Corporation), and the like.
  • cationic surfactant examples include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • phthalocyanine derivatives trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.
  • organosiloxane polymer KP341 manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • W001 manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.
  • anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • silicone surfactant examples include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Toray Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.
  • other components may be appropriately selected according to the purpose as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • other components that can be used in combination include a dispersant, a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermal curing accelerator, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, and the like.
  • Adhesion promoters and other auxiliaries for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc. You may use together.
  • the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention can be in a liquid state, for example, a near-infrared cut filter can be easily manufactured by a simple process of forming a film by spin coating, Insufficient production suitability in the near-infrared cut filter can be improved.
  • the use of the near-infrared absorptive composition of this invention is not specifically limited,
  • substrate For the near-infrared cut filter in the light-receiving side of a solid-state image sensor board
  • substrate for the near-infrared cut filter with respect to a wafer level lens
  • substrate For the near infrared cut filter on the back surface side (the side opposite to the light receiving side), and the like, and preferably for the light shielding film on the light receiving side of the solid-state imaging device substrate.
  • the present invention is preferably used by forming a coating film on an image sensor for a solid-state imaging device.
  • the viscosity of the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 1 mPa ⁇ s to 3000 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably 10 mPa ⁇ s to 2000 mPa when the infrared cut layer is formed by coating.
  • -It is the range below s, More preferably, it is the range of 100 mPa * s or more and 1500 mPa * s or less.
  • the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention is for a near-infrared cut filter on the light-receiving side of a solid-state imaging device substrate, and when an infrared cut layer is formed by coating, from the viewpoint of thick film formability and uniform coatability, It is preferably in the range of 10 mPa ⁇ s to 3000 mPa ⁇ s, more preferably in the range of 500 mPa ⁇ s to 1500 mPa ⁇ s, and most preferably in the range of 700 mPa ⁇ s to 1400 mPa ⁇ s.
  • the present invention also relates to a near-infrared cut filter obtained using the above-described near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention. Since such a near-infrared cut filter is formed from the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention, it has a high light-shielding property (near-infrared shielding property) in the near-infrared region, and translucency (visible) in the visible-light region. It is a near-infrared cut filter having high light transmission) and excellent weather resistance such as light resistance and moisture resistance. In particular, the present invention is useful as a near-infrared cut filter having a wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm.
  • the present invention provides a process for forming a film by applying (preferably coating or printing, more preferably spin coating or screen printing) the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention on the light-receiving side of a solid-state imaging device substrate
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing a near-infrared cut filter.
  • a film is formed from the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention. If a film
  • the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention (coating solution in which the solid content in the composition is dissolved, emulsified or dispersed) is directly applied on the support (preferably coated). And a method of forming by drying.
  • the support is provided on the light receiving side of the solid-state imaging device substrate, whether it is a solid-state imaging device substrate or another substrate (for example, a glass substrate 30 described later) provided on the light-receiving side of the solid-state imaging device substrate.
  • a layer such as a flattening layer may also be used.
  • the method of applying the near-infrared absorbing composition (coating liquid) on the support can be carried out by using, for example, a spin coater, a slit spin coater, or the like.
  • the drying conditions of the coating film vary depending on each component, the type of solvent, the ratio of use, etc., but are usually 60 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 30 seconds to 15 minutes.
  • the thickness of the film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, it is preferably 1 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 ⁇ m to 50 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1.0 ⁇ m to 4.0 ⁇ m.
  • the method for forming a near-infrared cut filter using the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention may include other steps.
  • the surface treatment process of a base material a preheating process (prebaking process), a hardening process process, a post-heating process (post-baking) Process.
  • the heating temperature in the preheating step and the postheating step is usually 80 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 90 ° C. to 150 ° C.
  • the heating time in the preheating step and the postheating step is usually 30 seconds to 240 seconds, and preferably 60 seconds to 180 seconds.
  • the curing process is a process of curing the formed film as necessary, and the mechanical strength of the near-infrared cut filter is improved by performing this process.
  • limiting in particular as said hardening process Although it can select suitably according to the objective, For example, a whole surface exposure process, a whole surface heat processing, etc. are mentioned suitably.
  • “exposure” is used to include not only light of various wavelengths but also irradiation of radiation such as electron beams and X-rays.
  • the exposure is preferably performed by irradiation of radiation, and as the radiation that can be used for the exposure, ultraviolet rays such as electron beams, KrF, ArF, g rays, h rays, i rays and visible light are particularly preferably used.
  • KrF, g line, h line, and i line are preferable.
  • Exposure is more preferably 5mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 3000mJ / cm 2 is preferably 10mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 2000mJ / cm 2, and most preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ⁇ 1000mJ / cm 2.
  • Examples of the entire surface exposure processing method include a method of exposing the entire surface of the formed film.
  • the near-infrared absorbing composition contains a polymerizable compound
  • the entire surface exposure promotes curing of the polymerization component in the film formed from the composition, further curing of the film, mechanical strength, Durability is improved.
  • an apparatus which performs the said whole surface exposure Although it can select suitably according to the objective, For example, UV exposure machines, such as an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, are mentioned suitably.
  • the heating temperature in the entire surface heating is preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C., more preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C.
  • the heating time in the entire surface heating is preferably 3 minutes to 180 minutes, more preferably 5 minutes to 120 minutes.
  • this invention is a camera module which has a solid-state image sensor board
  • the said near-infrared cut filter is a near-infrared cut filter of this invention. It also relates to the camera module.
  • FIG.1 and FIG.2 this invention is not limited by the following specific examples.
  • FIGS. 1 and 2 common portions are denoted by common reference numerals.
  • “upper”, “upper”, and “upper” refer to the side far from the silicon substrate 10, and “lower”, “lower”, and “lower” are the sides closer to the silicon substrate 10. Point to.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a configuration of a camera module including a solid-state imaging device.
  • a camera module 200 shown in FIG. 1 is connected to a circuit board 70 that is a mounting board via solder balls 60 that are connection members.
  • the camera module 200 is provided on the first main surface side (light receiving side) of the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 and the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 provided with an image sensor section on the first main surface of the silicon substrate.
  • the flattening layer 46 (not shown in FIG.
  • the present invention is a method of manufacturing a camera module having a solid-state image pickup device substrate and a near-infrared cut filter disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image pickup device substrate.
  • the present invention also relates to a step of forming a film by applying the near infrared absorbing composition. Therefore, in the camera module according to the present embodiment, for example, the near-infrared cut filter 42 is formed by forming a film by applying the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention on the planarizing layer 46. .
  • the method for producing a near-infrared cut filter by forming a film by coating is as described above.
  • the incident light h ⁇ from the outside passes through the imaging lens 40, the glass substrate 30, the near-infrared cut filter 42, and the planarization layer 46 in order, and then reaches the imaging device portion of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100. It has become.
  • the camera module 200 is connected to the circuit board 70 via a solder ball 60 (connection material) on the second main surface side of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 in FIG.
  • the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 includes a silicon substrate 10 as a base, an image sensor 12, an interlayer insulating film 13, a base layer 14, a red color filter 15R, a green color filter 15G, a blue color filter 15B, an overcoat 16, a micro
  • the lens 17, the light shielding film 18, the insulating film 22, the metal electrode 23, the solder resist layer 24, the internal electrode 26, and the element surface electrode 27 are configured.
  • the solder resist layer 24 may be omitted.
  • an imaging element unit in which a plurality of imaging elements 12 such as CCDs and CMOSs are two-dimensionally arranged is provided on the first main surface side of the silicon substrate 10 that is a base of the solid-state imaging element substrate 100.
  • An interlayer insulating film 13 is formed on the image sensor 12 in the image sensor section, and a base layer 14 is formed on the interlayer insulating film 13.
  • a red color filter 15 R, a green color filter 15 G, and a blue color filter 15 B (hereinafter collectively referred to as “color filter 15”) corresponding to the image sensor 12. ) are arranged.
  • a light shielding film may be provided around the boundary between the red color filter 15R, the green color filter 15G, and the blue color filter 15B, and the periphery of the imaging element unit.
  • This light shielding film can be produced using, for example, a known black color resist.
  • An overcoat 16 is formed on the color filter 15, and a microlens 17 is formed on the overcoat 16 so as to correspond to the imaging element 12 (color filter 15).
  • the planarizing layer 46 is provided on the microlens 17.
  • a peripheral circuit (not shown) and an internal electrode 26 are provided in the periphery of the image sensor section on the first main surface side, and the internal electrode 26 is electrically connected to the image sensor 12 via the peripheral circuit.
  • an element surface electrode 27 is formed on the internal electrode 26 with the interlayer insulating film 13 interposed therebetween.
  • a contact plug (not shown) for electrically connecting these electrodes is formed.
  • the element surface electrode 27 is used for applying a voltage and reading a signal through the contact plug and the internal electrode 26.
  • a base layer 14 is formed on the element surface electrode 27.
  • An overcoat 16 is formed on the base layer 14. The base layer 14 and the overcoat 16 formed on the element surface electrode 27 are opened to form a pad opening, and a part of the element surface electrode 27 is exposed.
  • the above is the configuration of the first main surface side of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100.
  • the near-infrared cut filter 42 on the flattening layer 46, between the base layer 14 and the color filter 15, or A form in which a near-infrared cut filter is provided between the color filter 15 and the overcoat 16 may be employed.
  • an adhesive 20 is provided around the image sensor section, and the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 and the glass substrate 30 are bonded via the adhesive 20.
  • the silicon substrate 10 has a through hole that penetrates the silicon substrate 10, and a through electrode that is a part of the metal electrode 23 is provided in the through hole.
  • the imaging element portion and the circuit board 70 are electrically connected by the through electrode.
  • an insulating film 22 is formed from the second main surface to the inner wall of the through hole.
  • a metal electrode 23 patterned so as to extend from a region on the second main surface of the silicon substrate 10 to the inside of the through hole is provided.
  • the metal electrode 23 is an electrode for connecting the image pickup element portion in the solid-state image pickup element substrate 100 and the circuit board 70.
  • the through electrode is a portion of the metal electrode 23 formed inside the through hole. The through electrode penetrates part of the silicon substrate 10 and the interlayer insulating film, reaches the lower side of the internal electrode 26, and is electrically connected to the internal electrode 26.
  • a solder resist layer 24 (protective layer) is provided on the second main surface side, which covers the second main surface on which the metal electrode 23 is formed and has an opening that exposes a portion on the metal electrode 23. Insulating film). Further, on the second main surface side, there is provided a light shielding film 18 that covers the second main surface on which the solder resist layer 24 is formed and has an opening through which a part of the metal electrode 23 is exposed. It has been. In FIG. 2, the light shielding film 18 is patterned so as to cover a part of the metal electrode 23 and expose the remaining part, but may be patterned so as to expose the entire metal electrode 23. (The same applies to the patterning of the solder resist layer 24). The solder resist layer 24 may be omitted, and the light shielding film 18 may be directly formed on the second main surface on which the metal electrode 23 is formed.
  • a solder ball 60 as a connection member is provided on the exposed metal electrode 23, and the metal electrode 23 of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 and a connection electrode (not shown) of the circuit board 70 are connected via the solder ball 60. , Are electrically connected.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 has been described above.
  • the interlayer insulating film 13 is formed as a SiO 2 film or a SiN film, for example, by sputtering, CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition), or the like.
  • the color filter 15 is formed by photolithography using a known color resist, for example.
  • the overcoat 16 and the base layer 14 are formed, for example, by photolithography using a known organic interlayer film forming resist.
  • the microlens 17 is formed by photolithography or the like using, for example, a styrene polymer.
  • the solder resist layer 24 is preferably formed by photolithography using a known solder resist containing, for example, a phenolic polymer, a polyimide polymer, or an amine polymer.
  • the solder balls 60 are formed using, for example, Sn—Pg (eutectic), 95Pb—Sn (high lead high melting point solder), and Pb free solder using Sn—Ag, Sn—Cu, Sn—Ag—Cu or the like. .
  • the solder ball 60 is formed in a spherical shape having a diameter of 100 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m (preferably a diameter of 150 ⁇ m to 700 ⁇ m).
  • the internal electrode 26 and the element surface electrode 27 are formed as a metal electrode such as Cu by CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing) or photolithography and etching, for example.
  • the metal electrode 23 is formed as a metal electrode such as Cu, Au, Al, Ni, W, Pt, Mo, Cu compound, W compound, and Mo compound by sputtering, photolithography, etching, and electrolytic plating, for example.
  • the metal electrode 23 may have a single layer configuration or a stacked configuration including two or more layers.
  • the thickness of the metal electrode 23 is, for example, 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m (preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m).
  • the silicon substrate 10 is not particularly limited, but a silicon substrate that is thinned by scraping the back surface of the substrate can be used.
  • the thickness of the substrate is not limited.
  • a silicon wafer having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m (preferably 30 to 150 ⁇ m) is used.
  • the through hole of the silicon substrate 10 is formed by, for example, photolithography and RIE (Reactive Ion Etching).
  • ⁇ Measurement of ⁇ max> 0.2 g of the complex was prepared with 20 mL of THF, and the absorption light coefficient of ⁇ max and ⁇ max was measured by measuring 400 to 1100 nm using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).
  • the following compound was mixed and the near-infrared absorptive composition 1 was prepared.
  • phosphate ester copper compound sample 1 described in the above table-KARAYAD DPHA manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) (polymerizable compound) 15 parts by mass 100 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) (solvent)
  • the transmittance at a wavelength of 900 nm in the near-infrared cut filter obtained as described above was measured using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).
  • the minimum value of transmittance (%) in the near-infrared region of 1000 nm was used as an indicator of shielding properties.
  • the transmittance it can be said that the near-infrared transmittance is 5% or less, and practically good near-infrared shielding properties are exhibited.
  • compositions 2 to 28 were prepared and evaluated as shown in the table below.
  • “-” means no addition or cannot be evaluated.
  • the obtained near-infrared absorbing composition No. All of Nos. 1 to 27 exhibited near-infrared transmittance of 5% or less.

Abstract

Provided is a near-infrared-ray absorption agent having high solubility. A near-infrared-ray absorbent composition contains a solvent and the near-infrared-ray absorption agent containing a copper-phosphoric acid ester complex resulting from reacting a compound represented by formula (1) and/or a compound represented by formula (2) with a copper salt, the concentration of the copper-phosphoric acid ester complex in the near-infrared-ray absorbent composition being 10-80 mass%. (In formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having at least 3 carbon atoms. Also, in formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other, forming a cyclic structure, in which case the total number of carbon atoms in the group containing the bonded cyclic structure is at least 3.)

Description

近赤外線吸収剤、近赤外線吸収性組成物、これらを用いた近赤外線カットフィルタ及びその製造方法、カメラモジュール及びその製造方法、ならびに、近赤外線吸収剤の製造方法Near-infrared absorber, near-infrared-absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter using these and method for producing the same, camera module and method for producing the same, and method for producing near-infrared absorber
 本発明は、近赤外線吸収剤およびその製造方法に関する。また、近赤外線吸収剤を含む近赤外線吸収性組成物およびその製造方法に関する。また、近赤外線吸収剤および近赤外線吸収性組成物を用いた近赤外線カットフィルタ及びその製造方法、並びに、カメラモジュール及びその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a near-infrared absorber and a method for producing the same. Moreover, it is related with the near-infrared absorptive composition containing a near-infrared absorber, and its manufacturing method. Moreover, it is related with the near-infrared cut filter using the near-infrared absorber and the near-infrared absorptive composition, its manufacturing method, a camera module, and its manufacturing method.
 近年、ビデオカメラ、デジタルスチルカメラ、カメラ機能付き携帯電話などにはカラー画像の固体撮像素子であるCCDやCMOSイメージセンサが用いられているが、これら固体撮像素子はその受光部において近赤外線に感度を有するシリコンフォトダイオードを使用しているために、視感度補正を行うことが必要であり、近赤外線カットフィルタを用いることが多い。 In recent years, CCDs and CMOS image sensors, which are solid-state image sensors for color images, have been used in video cameras, digital still cameras, mobile phones with camera functions, etc., but these solid-state image sensors are sensitive to near infrared rays in their light receiving parts. Therefore, it is necessary to correct visibility, and a near-infrared cut filter is often used.
 このような近赤外線カットフィルタを形成するための材料として、近赤外線吸収性組成物が知られている(特許文献1、2)。
 また、特許文献3には銅錯体を形成して、かかる銅錯体を重合させて層状にする方法が開示されている。
As a material for forming such a near-infrared cut filter, a near-infrared absorbing composition is known (Patent Documents 1 and 2).
Patent Document 3 discloses a method of forming a copper complex and polymerizing the copper complex to form a layer.
特開平11-052127号公報Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 11-052127 WO00/26952号パンフレットWO00 / 26952 pamphlet Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 67, 903-912(1998)Journal of Applied Polymer Science, Vol. 67, 903-912 (1998)
 ここで、塗布により層状にできる近赤外線吸収性組成物を調製する場合、近赤外線吸収剤の溶解性が高いことが求められる。しかしながら、特許文献1および2では、近赤外線吸収剤の溶解性について全く検討されていない。また、特許文献3は、本願発明者が検討したところ溶解性が劣ることが分かった。発明では、かかる従来技術で未検討だった点を解決することを目的としたものであって、溶解性の高い近赤外線吸収剤を提供することを目的とする。 Here, when preparing a near-infrared absorptive composition that can be layered by coating, it is required that the near-infrared absorber has high solubility. However, Patent Documents 1 and 2 do not discuss the solubility of the near-infrared absorber at all. In addition, Patent Document 3 has been found by the inventors of the present invention to have poor solubility. The object of the present invention is to provide a near-infrared absorber having a high solubility, which is intended to solve the problems that have not been studied in the prior art.
 かかる状況のもと、本発明者が鋭意検討を行った結果、特定の構造を有するリン酸エステル化合物を用いて銅錯体を形成することにより、上記課題を解決しうることを見出した。すなわち、リン酸モノエステル化合物および/またはリン酸ジエステル化合物であって、所定の置換基を有するリン酸エステル化合物を採用することにより、得られるリン酸銅錯体の構造が歪み、これによって溶解度が高まることを見出し、本発明を完成させるに至った。
 具体的には、以下の手段<1>により、好ましくは、<2>~<13>により、上記課題は解決された。
<1>銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させてなるリン酸エステル銅錯体を含有する、近赤外線吸収剤と溶剤を含む、近赤外線吸収性組成物であって、近赤外線吸収性組成物中のリン酸エステル銅錯体の濃度が10~80質量%である、近赤外線吸収性組成物。
式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
<2>前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、<1>に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。
<3>前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有するアルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、<1>に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。
<4>前記リン酸エステル銅錯体の配合量が、前記近赤外線吸収性組成物の固形分中の50~99質量%である、<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。
<5>固体撮像素子用イメージセンサ上に塗膜形成して用いられる、<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。
<6>銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させてなるリン酸エステル銅錯体を含有する、近赤外線吸収剤。
式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
<7>前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、<6>に記載の近赤外線吸収剤。
<8>前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有するアルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、<7>に記載の近赤外線吸収剤。
<9><1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物または<6>~<8>のいずれかに記載の近赤外線吸収剤を用いて作成された近赤外線カットフィルタ。
<10>固体撮像素子基板と、前記固体撮像素子基板の受光側に配置された<9>に記載の近赤外線カットフィルタとを有するカメラモジュール。
<11>固体撮像素子基板と、前記固体撮像素子基板の受光側に配置された近赤外線カットフィルタとを有するカメラモジュールの製造方法であって、固体撮像素子基板の受光側において、<1>~<5>のいずれかに記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物を塗布することにより膜を形成する工程を有する、カメラモジュールの製造方法。
<12>前記近赤外線吸収性組成物を塗布することにより形成された膜に光照射して硬化させることを含む、<11>に記載のカメラモジュールの製造方法。
<13>銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させることを含む、近赤外線吸収剤の製造方法。
式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
Under such circumstances, as a result of intensive studies by the present inventors, it has been found that the above problem can be solved by forming a copper complex using a phosphate ester compound having a specific structure. That is, by adopting a phosphate monoester compound and / or a phosphate diester compound having a predetermined substituent, the structure of the resulting copper phosphate complex is distorted, thereby increasing the solubility. As a result, the present invention has been completed.
Specifically, the above problem has been solved by the following means <1>, preferably <2> to <13>.
The near-infrared absorber containing the phosphate ester copper complex formed by making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with <1> copper salt. And a near-infrared absorbing composition comprising a solvent and a near-infrared-absorbing composition, wherein the phosphoric acid ester copper complex concentration in the near-infrared absorbing composition is 10 to 80% by mass.
Formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
<2> R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and an alkyl group as a substituent. The near-infrared ray according to <1>, which is selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together. Absorbent composition.
<3> R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent, and an isopropyl group as a substituent. The near-infrared ray according to <1>, which is selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together. Absorbent composition.
<4> The near infrared absorption according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein a blending amount of the phosphate ester copper complex is 50 to 99% by mass in a solid content of the near infrared absorbing composition. Sex composition.
<5> The near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, which is used by forming a coating film on an image sensor for a solid-state imaging device.
The near-infrared absorber containing the phosphate ester copper complex formed by making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with <6> copper salt. .
Formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
<7> R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and an alkyl group as a substituent. The near-infrared ray according to <6>, selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group including any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together. Absorbent.
<8> R in the formulas (1) and (2) has an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent, and an isopropyl group as a substituent. The near-infrared ray according to <7>, selected from a tertiary alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together. Absorbent.
<9> A near-infrared cut filter produced using the near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of <1> to <5> or the near-infrared absorbing agent according to any one of <6> to <8> .
<10> A camera module having a solid-state image sensor substrate and the near-infrared cut filter according to <9> disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image sensor substrate.
<11> A method of manufacturing a camera module having a solid-state image pickup device substrate and a near-infrared cut filter disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image pickup device substrate. <5> The manufacturing method of a camera module which has the process of forming a film | membrane by apply | coating the near-infrared absorptive composition in any one of.
<12> The method for producing a camera module according to <11>, comprising curing the film formed by applying the near infrared absorbing composition by light irradiation.
<13> A method for producing a near-infrared absorber, comprising reacting a compound represented by the following formula (1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (2) with a copper salt.
Formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
 本発明により、溶剤への溶解性の高い近赤外線吸収剤を提供可能になった。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a near infrared absorber having high solubility in a solvent.
本発明の実施形態に係る固体撮像素子を備えたカメラモジュールの構成を示す概略断面図である。It is a schematic sectional drawing which shows the structure of the camera module provided with the solid-state image sensor which concerns on embodiment of this invention. 本発明の実施形態に係る固体撮像素子基板の概略断面図である。It is a schematic sectional drawing of the solid-state image sensor board | substrate which concerns on embodiment of this invention.
 以下において、本発明の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。なお、本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. The description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, but the present invention is not limited to such embodiments. In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 なお、本明細書中において、“(メタ)アクリレート”はアクリレートおよびメタクリレートを表し、“(メタ)アクリル”はアクリルおよびメタクリルを表し、“(メタ)アクリロイル”はアクリロイルおよびメタクリロイルを表す。また、本明細書中において、“単量体”と“モノマー”とは同義である。本発明における単量体は、オリゴマーおよびポリマーと区別され、重量平均分子量が2,000以下の化合物をいう。本明細書中において、重合性化合物とは、重合性官能基を有する化合物のことをいい、単量体であっても、ポリマーであってもよい。重合性官能基とは、重合反応に関与する基を言う。尚、本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は置換基を有さないものと共に置換基を有するものをも包含するものである。例えば「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含するものである。
 本発明における近赤外線とは、極大吸収波長領域が700~2500nmのものをいう。
 本明細書における、リン酸エステル化合物とは、リン酸モノエステル化合物、リン酸ジエステル化合物またはこれらの混合物を意味する。
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” represents acrylate and methacrylate, “(meth) acryl” represents acryl and methacryl, and “(meth) acryloyl” represents acryloyl and methacryloyl. In the present specification, “monomer” and “monomer” are synonymous. The monomer in the present invention is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and refers to a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction. In addition, in the description of the group (atomic group) in this specification, the description which does not describe substitution and non-substitution includes what has a substituent with what does not have a substituent. For example, the “alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
The near infrared ray in the present invention refers to those having a maximum absorption wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm.
In the present specification, the phosphate ester compound means a phosphate monoester compound, a phosphate diester compound, or a mixture thereof.
 本発明の近赤外線吸収剤は、銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させてなるリン酸エステル銅錯体を含有する。
式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
The near-infrared absorber of this invention contains the phosphate ester copper complex formed by making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with copper salt. To do.
Formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
 式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基であり、炭素数5以上が好ましく、炭素数5~20の有機基がより好ましい。
 また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上であり、炭素数5以上が好ましく、炭素数5~20の有機基がより好ましい。
 前記式(1)および(2)におけるRは、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択されることが好ましい。
In formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms, preferably 5 or more carbon atoms, and more preferably an organic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing the bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more, and the number of carbon atoms is 5 The above is preferable, and an organic group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms is more preferable.
R in the formulas (1) and (2) is an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and a tertiary having an alkyl group as a substituent. It is preferably selected from an alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together.
 (メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基は、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が膜を形成するときに、硬化しやすい。
 (メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基は、1つのR中に1つの(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有していてもよいし、2つ以上の(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を有していてもよい。通常は、1つのR中に1つまたは2つの(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基が含まれる。(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基は、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有するアルキル基であることが好ましくい。(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基は、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基以外の置換基を含んでいてもよいが、置換基として(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基のみを含むことが好ましい。(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基によって置換されている有機基がアルキル基の場合、アルキル鎖の炭素数は、2~6が好ましい。
An organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent is easily cured when the (meth) acryloyloxy group forms a film.
The organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent may have one (meth) acryloyloxy group in one R, or two or more (meth) acryloyloxy groups. It may be. Usually, one R or two (meth) acryloyloxy groups are contained in one R. The organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent. Although the organic group which has a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent may contain substituents other than a (meth) acryloyloxy group, it is preferable that only a (meth) acryloyloxy group is included as a substituent. When the organic group substituted by the (meth) acryloyloxy group is an alkyl group, the alkyl chain preferably has 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
 アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基は、かさ高い構造となるため、立体障害によって、形成される錯体に歪みを発生させる。ここで、アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基とは、-CHR’2(R’は置換基、少なくとも1つはアルキル基)で表される基をいい、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基とは、-CR’3(R’は置換基、少なくとも1つはアルキル基)で表される基をいう。R’は、炭素数1~5の直鎖または分岐のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基、エチル基、炭素数3~5の分岐のアルキル基がより好ましい。R’は、イソプロピル基、または、末端にイソプロピル基を有するアルキル基であることが好ましい。従って、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基とは、上記R’が、イソプロピル基、または、末端にイソプロピル基を有するアルキル基であることを意味する。R’は、総炭素数が1~10であることが好ましい。 Since the secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent and the tertiary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent have a bulky structure, the resulting complex is distorted by steric hindrance. Here, the secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent refers to a group represented by —CHR ′ 2 (R ′ is a substituent, and at least one is an alkyl group), and the alkyl group is used as a substituent. The tertiary alkyl group possessed refers to a group represented by —CR ′ 3 (R ′ is a substituent, at least one is an alkyl group). R ′ is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 5 carbon atoms. R ′ is preferably an isopropyl group or an alkyl group having an isopropyl group at the terminal. Therefore, the secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent and the tertiary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent are R 'is an isopropyl group or an alkyl group having an isopropyl group at the terminal. Means that. R ′ preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms in total.
 置換基を有するアリール基は、かさ高い構造となるため、立体障害によって、形成される錯体に歪みを発生させる。
 アリール基が有する置換基としては、有機基であれば特に定めるものではないが、例えば、エステル含有基などが挙げられる。
Since an aryl group having a substituent has a bulky structure, distortion is generated in the formed complex due to steric hindrance.
The substituent of the aryl group is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic group, and examples thereof include an ester-containing group.
 R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基は、立体障害や、環形成による構造の剛直化によって、形成される錯体に歪みを発生させる。
 Rが環状構造を形成している場合、環を構成する1つはリン原子であり、少なくとも2つの原子は酸素原子となる。環状構造は、1つのリン原子と、2つの酸素原子と、2~4つの炭素原子から構成されていることが好ましい。さらに、環状構造は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基は、炭素数の合計が3以上であり、3~10であることが好ましい。
An organic group containing any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding Rs to each other causes distortion in the formed complex due to steric hindrance or rigidity of the structure due to ring formation.
When R forms a cyclic structure, one constituting the ring is a phosphorus atom, and at least two atoms are oxygen atoms. The cyclic structure is preferably composed of one phosphorus atom, two oxygen atoms, and 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Furthermore, the cyclic structure may have a substituent.
The organic group containing any one or more of the cyclic structures formed by bonding Rs to each other has a total carbon number of 3 or more, and preferably 3 to 10.
 Rは、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子から選択される原子から構成されることが好ましく、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子、硫黄原子から選択される原子から構成されることがより好ましく、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子から選択される原子から構成されることがさらに好ましい。また、炭素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子の合計は、5~30であることが好ましい。
 なお、錯体調製における精製工程に大きく寄与する結晶性の観点から、本発明の実施形態の一例として、本発明で用いるリン酸エステル化合物として、環状構造を有している化合物を用いる態様が挙げられ、さらには、アリール基を有している化合物を用いる態様が挙げられる。
R is preferably composed of an atom selected from a carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom, sulfur atom and nitrogen atom, and is composed of an atom selected from carbon atom, oxygen atom, hydrogen atom and sulfur atom. More preferably, it is more preferably composed of atoms selected from a carbon atom, an oxygen atom and a hydrogen atom. The total of carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, sulfur atoms and nitrogen atoms is preferably 5-30.
In addition, from the viewpoint of crystallinity that greatly contributes to the purification step in complex preparation, an example of an embodiment of the present invention is an embodiment in which a compound having a cyclic structure is used as the phosphate ester compound used in the present invention. Furthermore, the aspect using the compound which has an aryl group is mentioned.
 以下に、本発明で用いることができるリン酸エステル化合物の例を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではないことは言うまでもない。 Examples of phosphate ester compounds that can be used in the present invention are shown below, but it goes without saying that the present invention is not limited to these.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
  本発明で用いるリン酸エステル化合物は、例えば以下の方法に従って合成できる。
<下記化合物の合成>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
The phosphate ester compound used in the present invention can be synthesized, for example, according to the following method.
<Synthesis of the following compounds>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 2,4-ジメチルペンタノールのテトラヒドロフラン(THF)溶液にトリエチルアミンを添加し0℃で5分間攪拌を行い、オキシ塩化リンを滴下後、室温で6時間攪拌することで反応を終了させる。反応終了後、温度が30℃以上上昇しないように、反応液を水でデカンテーションし、クロロホルム/水で分液を行い、有機層の溶剤を留去することで下記リン酸エステルを得ることができる。 Triethylamine was added to a tetrahydrofuran (THF) solution of 2,4-dimethylpentanol and stirred at 0 ° C. for 5 minutes. Phosphorous oxychloride was added dropwise, and the reaction was terminated by stirring at room temperature for 6 hours. After the reaction is completed, the reaction solution is decanted with water so that the temperature does not increase by 30 ° C. or more, liquid separation is performed with chloroform / water, and the solvent in the organic layer is distilled off to obtain the following phosphate ester. it can.
 本発明では、リン酸エステル化合物を銅塩と反応させてリン酸エステル銅錯体を形成する。通常は、リン酸エステル化合物と銅塩を撹拌することによって形成される。
 リン酸エステル化合物は、式(1)で表される化合物および式(2)で表される化合物のいずれか一方を用いてもよいし、両者の混合物であってもよい。式(1)で表される化合物および式(2)で表される化合物の両方を採用する場合、混合比は、例えば、式(1)で表される化合物のモル比:式(2)で表される化合物のモル比=0.2~0.8:0.8~0.2が好ましく、0.3~0.7:0.7~0.3がより好ましく、0.4~0.6:0.6~0.4がさらに好ましい。
 また、リン酸エステル銅化合物の合成においては、市販品として、例えばホスマーM、ホスマーPE、ホスマーPP(ユニケミカル(株)製)等のホスホン酸を用いてもよい。
In the present invention, a phosphate ester compound is reacted with a copper salt to form a phosphate ester copper complex. Usually, it forms by stirring a phosphoric ester compound and a copper salt.
As the phosphate ester compound, either one of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) may be used, or a mixture of both may be used. When employing both the compound represented by formula (1) and the compound represented by formula (2), the mixing ratio is, for example, the molar ratio of the compound represented by formula (1): The molar ratio of the represented compound is preferably 0.2 to 0.8: 0.8 to 0.2, more preferably 0.3 to 0.7: 0.7 to 0.3, and 0.4 to 0. .6: More preferably 0.6 to 0.4.
Moreover, in the synthesis | combination of a phosphate ester copper compound, you may use phosphonic acids, such as phosmer M, phosmer PE, phosmer PP (made by Unichemical Co., Ltd.), as a commercial item, for example.
 ここで用いる銅塩は、2価または3価の銅が好ましく、2価の銅がより好ましい。銅塩としては、酢酸銅、塩化銅、ギ酸銅、ステアリン酸銅、安息香酸銅、エチルアセト酢酸銅、ピロリン酸銅、ナフテン酸銅、クエン酸銅、硝酸銅、硫酸銅、炭酸銅、塩素酸銅、(メタ)アクリル酸銅がより好ましく、安息香酸銅、(メタ)アクリル酸銅がさらに好ましい。 The copper salt used here is preferably divalent or trivalent copper, more preferably divalent copper. Copper salts include copper acetate, copper chloride, copper formate, copper stearate, copper benzoate, copper ethyl acetoacetate, copper pyrophosphate, copper naphthenate, copper citrate, copper nitrate, copper sulfate, copper carbonate, copper chlorate Copper (meth) acrylate is more preferable, copper benzoate and copper (meth) acrylate are more preferable.
 本発明で用いる銅錯体は、近赤外線波長領域700~2500nmに極大吸収波長を有するが、好ましくは720~900nmに極大吸収波長を有することが好ましく、さらに750~850nmが好ましく、特に790~830nmが好ましい。 The copper complex used in the present invention has a maximum absorption wavelength in the near infrared wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm, preferably a maximum absorption wavelength of 720 to 900 nm, more preferably 750 to 850 nm, and particularly preferably 790 to 830 nm. preferable.
 本発明の近赤外線吸収剤は、赤外線カット層を形成するための近赤外線吸収性組成物に配合して好ましく用いることができる。赤外線吸収性組成物に配合する場合、本発明の近赤外線吸収剤を1種類のみ配合してもよいし、2種類以上配合してもよい。
 近赤外線吸収性組成物中のリン酸エステル銅錯体の配合量は、近赤外線吸収性組成物に対し、10~80質量%の割合で含有し、好ましくは15~70質量%含有し、より好ましくは20~50質量%含有する。
 近赤外線吸収剤の配合量は、近赤外線吸収性組成物の固形分に対し、35~90質量%の割合で含有し、好ましくは40~90質量%含有し、より好ましくは45~87質量%含有する。
The near-infrared absorber of the present invention can be preferably used by blending with a near-infrared absorbing composition for forming an infrared cut layer. When mix | blending with an infrared absorptive composition, only 1 type of the near-infrared absorbers of this invention may be mix | blended, and 2 or more types may be mix | blended.
The amount of the phosphate ester copper complex in the near-infrared absorbing composition is 10 to 80% by mass, preferably 15 to 70% by mass, more preferably, relative to the near-infrared absorbing composition. Contains 20 to 50% by mass.
The blending amount of the near-infrared absorber is 35 to 90% by mass, preferably 40 to 90% by mass, more preferably 45 to 87% by mass, based on the solid content of the near-infrared absorbing composition. contains.
 次に、本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物(以下、「本発明の組成物」ということがある)について、説明する。本発明の組成物は、近赤外線吸収剤に加え、硬化性化合物、重合開始剤、溶剤、界面活性剤等の成分を含んでいてもよい。以下これらの成分について説明する。 Next, the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “the composition of the present invention”) will be described. The composition of the present invention may contain components such as a curable compound, a polymerization initiator, a solvent, and a surfactant in addition to the near infrared absorber. Hereinafter, these components will be described.
<硬化性化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、通常、硬化性化合物を含む。しかしながら、銅錯体自体が重合性基を有する等硬化性化合物の場合には、必ずしも必要ではない。硬化性化合物としては、重合性化合物であってもよいし、バインダー等の非重合性化合物であってもよい。また、熱硬化性化合物であってもよいし、光硬化性化合物であってもよい。
<Curable compound>
The composition of the present invention usually contains a curable compound. However, this is not always necessary when the copper complex itself is an isocurable compound having a polymerizable group. The curable compound may be a polymerizable compound or a non-polymerizable compound such as a binder. Moreover, a thermosetting compound may be sufficient and a photocurable compound may be sufficient.
<重合性化合物>
 本発明の組成物は、重合性基を有する化合物(以下、「重合性化合物」ということがある)を含むことが好ましい。このような化合物群は当該産業分野において広く知られているものであり、本発明においてはこれらを特に限定なく用いることができる。これらは、例えば、モノマー、オリゴマー、プレポリマー、ポリマーなどの化学的形態のいずれであってもよい。
 重合性化合物は、単官能であっても多官能であってもよいが、好ましくは、多官能である。多官能化合物を含むことにより、近赤外線遮蔽性および耐熱性をより向上させることができる。官能基の数は特に定めるものではないが、2~8官能が好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a compound having a polymerizable group (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “polymerizable compound”). Such a compound group is widely known in the industrial field, and these can be used without particular limitation in the present invention. These may be any of chemical forms such as a monomer, an oligomer, a prepolymer, and a polymer.
The polymerizable compound may be monofunctional or polyfunctional, but is preferably polyfunctional. By including a polyfunctional compound, the near-infrared shielding property and heat resistance can be further improved. The number of functional groups is not particularly defined, but 2 to 8 functional groups are preferable.
<<A:重合性モノマーおよび重合性オリゴマー>>
 本発明の組成物の第一の好ましい実施形態は、重合性化合物として、重合性基を有するモノマー(重合性モノマー)または重合性基を有するオリゴマー(重合性オリゴマー)(以下、重合性モノマーと重合性オリゴマーを合わせて「重合性モノマー等」ということがある。)を含む態様である。
<< A: Polymerizable monomer and polymerizable oligomer >>
In the first preferred embodiment of the composition of the present invention, a polymerizable compound is a monomer having a polymerizable group (polymerizable monomer) or an oligomer having a polymerizable group (polymerizable oligomer) (hereinafter, polymerizable with a polymerizable monomer). In some embodiments, the polymerizable oligomers may be collectively referred to as “polymerizable monomers”.
 重合性モノマー等の例としては、不飽和カルボン酸(例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、イソクロトン酸、マレイン酸など)やそのエステル類、アミド類が挙げられ、好ましくは、不飽和カルボン酸と脂肪族多価アルコール化合物とのエステル、及び不飽和カルボン酸と脂肪族多価アミン化合物とのアミド類である。また、ヒドロキシル基やアミノ基、メルカプト基等の求核性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能イソシアネート類或いはエポキシ類との付加反応物や、単官能若しくは多官能のカルボン酸との脱水縮合反応物等も好適に使用される。また、イソシアネート基やエポキシ基等の親電子性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との付加反応物、更に、ハロゲン基やトシルオキシ基等の脱離性置換基を有する不飽和カルボン酸エステル或いはアミド類と、単官能若しくは多官能のアルコール類、アミン類、チオール類との置換反応物も好適である。また、別の例として、上記の不飽和カルボン酸の代わりに、不飽和ホスホン酸、スチレン等のビニルベンゼン誘導体、ビニルエーテル、アリルエーテル等に置き換えた化合物群を使用することも可能である。
 これらの具体的な化合物としては、特開2009-288705号公報の段落番号0095~段落番号0108に記載されている化合物を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
Examples of the polymerizable monomer include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, isocrotonic acid, maleic acid, etc.), esters thereof, and amides. These are esters of saturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyhydric alcohol compounds, and amides of unsaturated carboxylic acids and aliphatic polyvalent amine compounds. Also, addition reaction products of monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanates or epoxies with unsaturated carboxylic acid esters or amides having a nucleophilic substituent such as hydroxyl group, amino group, mercapto group, monofunctional or polyfunctional. A dehydration condensation reaction product with a functional carboxylic acid is also preferably used. Further, an addition reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group with a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol, and further a halogen group A substitution reaction product of an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or amide having a detachable substituent such as a tosyloxy group and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, amine or thiol is also suitable. As another example, it is also possible to use a compound group in which an unsaturated phosphonic acid, a vinylbenzene derivative such as styrene, vinyl ether, allyl ether or the like is used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.
As these specific compounds, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0095 to 0108 of JP-A-2009-288705 can be preferably used in the present invention.
 また、前記重合性モノマー等は、少なくとも1個の付加重合可能なエチレン基を有する、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を持つエチレン性不飽和基を持つ化合物も好ましい。その例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、等の単官能のアクリレートやメタアクリレート;ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(アクリロイルオキシプロピル)エーテル、トリ(アクリロイロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、グリセリンやトリメチロールエタン等の多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後(メタ)アクリレート化したもの、特公昭48-41708号、特公昭50-6034号、特開昭51-37193号各公報に記載されているようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレート類、特開昭48-64183号、特公昭49-43191号、特公昭52-30490号各公報に記載されているポリエステルアクリレート類、エポキシポリマーと(メタ)アクリル酸との反応生成物であるエポキシアクリレート類等の多官能のアクリレートやメタアクリレート及びこれらの混合物を挙げることができる。
 多官能カルボン酸にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等の環状エーテル基とエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を反応させ得られる多官能(メタ)アクリレートなども挙げることができる。
 また、その他の好ましい重合性モノマー等として、特開2010-160418、特開2010-129825、特許4364216等に記載される、フルオレン環を有し、エチレン性重合性基を2官能以上有する化合物、カルドポリマーも使用することが可能である。
The polymerizable monomer or the like is also preferably a compound having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylene group and having an ethylenically unsaturated group having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure. Examples include monofunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, and phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, trimethylolethanetri (Meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, hexanediol (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (acryloyloxypropyl) ether, tri (acryloyloxyethyl) iso (Meth) acrylate obtained by adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to polyfunctional alcohols such as anurate, glycerin and trimethylolethane, JP-B-48-41708, JP-B-50-6034, JP-A-51- Urethane (meth) acrylates as described in JP-B-37193, polyester acrylates described in JP-A-48-64183, JP-B-49-43191, JP-B-52-30490, Mention may be made of polyfunctional acrylates and methacrylates such as epoxy acrylates which are reaction products of epoxy polymers and (meth) acrylic acid, and mixtures thereof.
A polyfunctional (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a polyfunctional carboxylic acid with a compound having a cyclic ether group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and an ethylenically unsaturated group can also be used.
Further, as other preferable polymerizable monomers and the like, compounds having a fluorene ring and having two or more functional ethylenic groups described in JP 2010-160418 A, JP 2010-129825 A, JP 4364216 A, etc. Polymers can also be used.
 また、常圧下で100℃以上の沸点を有し、少なくとも一つの付加重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を持つ化合物としては、特開2008-292970号公報の段落番号[0254]~[0257]に記載の化合物も好適である。 Further, compounds having a boiling point of 100 ° C. or higher under normal pressure and having at least one addition-polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated group are disclosed in paragraphs [0254] to [0257] of JP-A-2008-292970. The compounds described are also suitable.
 また、特開平10-62986号公報において一般式(1)及び(2)としてその具体例と共に記載の、前記多官能アルコールにエチレンオキサイドやプロピレンオキサイドを付加させた後に(メタ)アクリレート化した化合物も、重合性モノマーとして用いることができる。 In addition, compounds described in JP-A-10-62986 as general formulas (1) and (2) together with specific examples thereof are compounds that have been (meth) acrylated after addition of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide to the polyfunctional alcohol. Can be used as a polymerizable monomer.
 本発明で用いる重合性モノマーは、さらに、下記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-6)で表される重合性モノマーであることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式中、nは、それぞれ、0~14であり、mは、それぞれ、1~8である。一分子内に複数存在するR、TおよびZは、それぞれ、同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。Tがオキシアルキレン基の場合には、炭素原子側の末端がRに結合する。Rのうち少なくとも1つは、重合性基である。)
The polymerizable monomer used in the present invention is preferably a polymerizable monomer represented by the following general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(In the formula, each of n is 0 to 14, and m is 1 to 8. Each of R, T, and Z present in a molecule is the same or different. When T is an oxyalkylene group, the terminal on the carbon atom side is bonded to R. At least one of R is a polymerizable group.)
 nは0~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 mは1~5が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 Rは、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
が好ましく、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
がより好ましい。
 上記一般式(MO-1)~(MO-6)で表される、ラジカル重合性モノマーの具体例としては、特開2007-269779号公報の段落番号0248~段落番号0251に記載されている化合物を本発明においても好適に用いることができる。
n is preferably 0 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
m is preferably 1 to 5, and more preferably 1 to 3.
R is
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Is preferred,
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Is more preferable.
Specific examples of the radically polymerizable monomer represented by the above general formulas (MO-1) to (MO-6) include compounds described in paragraph numbers 0248 to 0251 of JP-A No. 2007-26979. Can also be suitably used in the present invention.
 中でも、重合性モノマー等としては、ジペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-330;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-320;日本化薬株式会社製)ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD D-310;日本化薬株式会社製)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては KAYARAD DPHA;日本化薬株式会社製)、及びこれらの(メタ)アクリロイル基がエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール残基を介している構造や、ジグリセリンEO(エチレンオキシド)変性(メタ)アクリレート(市販品としては M-460;東亜合成製)が好ましい。これらのオリゴマータイプも使用できる。
 例えば、RP-1040(日本化薬株式会社製)などが挙げられる。
Among them, as a polymerizable monomer, dipentaerythritol triacrylate (KAYARAD D-330 as a commercially available product; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercially available product, KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku) Dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (manufactured by Co., Ltd.) (as a commercial product, KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (as a commercial product, KAYARAD DPHA; Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Company), and the structure in which these (meth) acryloyl groups are mediated by ethylene glycol and propylene glycol residues, diglycerin EO (ethylene oxide) modified (meth) acrylate (commercially available product is M-460; manufactured by Toa Gosei) ) Preferred. These oligomer types can also be used.
Examples thereof include RP-1040 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.).
 重合性モノマー等としては、多官能モノマーであって、カルボキシル基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基等の酸基を有していても良い。従って、エチレン性化合物が、上記のように混合物である場合のように未反応のカルボキシル基を有するものであれば、これをそのまま利用することができるが、必要において、上述のエチレン性化合物のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を導入しても良い。この場合、使用される非芳香族カルボン酸無水物の具体例としては、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、アルキル化無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、アルキル化無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水コハク酸、無水マレイン酸が挙げられる。 The polymerizable monomer is a polyfunctional monomer and may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, or a phosphoric acid group. Therefore, if the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of a mixture as described above, this can be used as it is. The acid group may be introduced by reacting the group with a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated hexahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, anhydrous Maleic acid is mentioned.
 本発明において、酸基を有するモノマーとしては、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物と不飽和カルボン酸とのエステルであり、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物の未反応のヒドロキシル基に非芳香族カルボン酸無水物を反応させて酸基を持たせた多官能モノマーが好ましく、特に好ましくは、このエステルにおいて、脂肪族ポリヒドロキシ化合物がペンタエリスリトール及び/又はジペンタエリスリトールであるものである。市販品としては、例えば、東亞合成株式会社製の多塩基酸変性アクリルオリゴマーとして、アロニックスシリーズのM-305、M-510、M-520などが挙げられる。
 酸基を有する多官能モノマーの好ましい酸価としては、0.1~40mg-KOH/gであり、特に好ましくは5~30mg-KOH/gである。異なる酸基の多官能モノマーを2種以上併用する場合、或いは酸基を有しない多官能モノマーを併用する場合、全体の多官能モノマーとしての酸価が上記範囲に入るように調製することが必須である。
In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and a non-aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride is reacted with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound. A polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is preferable, and in this ester, the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and / or dipentaerythritol. Examples of commercially available products include Aronix series M-305, M-510, and M-520 as polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.
A preferable acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mg-KOH / g, and particularly preferably 5 to 30 mg-KOH / g. When two or more polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, it is essential that the acid value of the entire polyfunctional monomer is within the above range. It is.
 また、重合性モノマー等として、カプロラクトン変性構造を有する多官能性単量体を含有することが好ましい。
 カプロラクトン変性構造を有する多官能性単量体としては、その分子内にカプロラクトン変性構造を有する限り特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、トリメチロールエタン、ジトリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロールプロパン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、トリペンタエリスリトール、グリセリン、ジグリセロール、トリメチロールメラミン等の多価アルコールと、(メタ)アクリル酸およびε-カプロラクトンをエステル化することにより得られる、ε-カプロラクトン変性多官能(メタ)アクリレートを挙げることができる。なかでも下記式(1)で表されるカプロラクトン変性構造を有する多官能性単量体が好ましい。
Moreover, it is preferable to contain the polyfunctional monomer which has a caprolactone modified structure as a polymerizable monomer.
The polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone-modified structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone-modified structure in the molecule. For example, trimethylolethane, ditrimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane , Obtained by esterifying polyhydric alcohols such as pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerol, trimethylolmelamine, (meth) acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone, Mention may be made of functional (meth) acrylates. Among these, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone-modified structure represented by the following formula (1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(式中、6個のRは全てが下記式(2)で表される基であるか、または6個のRのうち1~5個が下記式(2)で表される基であり、残余が下記式(3)で表される基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
(In the formula, all six Rs are groups represented by the following formula (2), or 1 to 5 of the six Rs are groups represented by the following formula (2), The remainder is a group represented by the following formula (3).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式中、R1は水素原子またはメチル基を示し、mは1または2の数を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, m represents a number of 1 or 2, and “*” represents a bond.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(式中、R1は水素原子またはメチル基を示し、「*」は結合手であることを示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
(In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and “*” represents a bond.)
 このようなカプロラクトン変性構造を有する多官能性単量体は、例えば、日本化薬(株)からKAYARAD DPCAシリーズとして市販されており、DPCA-20(上記式(1)~(3)においてm=1、式(2)で表される基の数=2、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-30(同式、m=1、式(2)で表される基の数=3、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-60(同式、m=1、式(2)で表される基の数=6、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)、DPCA-120(同式においてm=2、式(2)で表される基の数=6、R1が全て水素原子である化合物)等を挙げることができる。
 本発明において、カプロラクトン変性構造を有する多官能性単量体は、単独で又は2種以上を混合して使用することができる。
Such a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone-modified structure is commercially available, for example, from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as KAYARAD DPCA series, and DPCA-20 (m = in the above formulas (1) to (3)) 1, the number of groups represented by formula (2) = 2, a compound in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms, DPCA-30 (same formula, m = 1, number of groups represented by formula (2) = 3, compound in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA-60 (same formula, m = 1, number of groups represented by formula (2) = 6, compound in which R 1 is all hydrogen atoms), DPCA -120 (a compound in which m = 2 in the formula, the number of groups represented by formula (2) = 6, and all R 1 are hydrogen atoms).
In this invention, the polyfunctional monomer which has a caprolactone modified structure can be used individually or in mixture of 2 or more types.
 また、本発明における重合性モノマー等としては、下記一般式(i)又は(ii)で表される化合物の群から選択される少なくとも1種であることも好ましい。 In addition, the polymerizable monomer or the like in the present invention is preferably at least one selected from the group of compounds represented by the following general formula (i) or (ii).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 前記一般式(i)及び(ii)中、Eは、各々独立に、-((CH2)yCH2O)-、又は-((CH2yCH(CH3)O)-を表し、yは、各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、Xは、各々独立に、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基、水素原子、又はカルボキシル基を表す。
 前記一般式(i)中、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の合計は3個又は4個であり、mは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各mの合計は0~40の整数である。但し、各mの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
 前記一般式(ii)中、アクリロイル基及びメタクリロイル基の合計は5個又は6個であり、nは各々独立に0~10の整数を表し、各nの合計は0~60の整数である。但し、各nの合計が0の場合、Xのうちいずれか1つはカルボキシル基である。
In the general formulas (i) and (ii), each E independently represents — ((CH 2 ) yCH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) —, Each y independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and each X independently represents an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, a hydrogen atom, or a carboxyl group.
In the general formula (i), the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 3 or 4, each m independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each m is an integer of 0 to 40. However, when the total of each m is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
In the general formula (ii), the total number of acryloyl groups and methacryloyl groups is 5 or 6, each n independently represents an integer of 0 to 10, and the total of each n is an integer of 0 to 60. However, when the total of each n is 0, any one of X is a carboxyl group.
 前記一般式(i)中、mは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各mの合計は、2~40の整数が好ましく、2~16の整数がより好ましく、4~8の整数が特に好ましい。
 前記一般式(ii)中、nは、0~6の整数が好ましく、0~4の整数がより好ましい。また、各nの合計は、3~60の整数が好ましく、3~24の整数がより好ましく、6~12の整数が特に好ましい。
 また、一般式(i)又は一般式(ii)中の-((CH2yCH2O)-又は-((CH2yCH(CH3)O)-は、酸素原子側の末端がXに結合する形態が好ましい。
In the general formula (i), m is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. The total of each m is preferably an integer of 2 to 40, more preferably an integer of 2 to 16, and particularly preferably an integer of 4 to 8.
In the general formula (ii), n is preferably an integer of 0 to 6, and more preferably an integer of 0 to 4. The total of each n is preferably an integer of 3 to 60, more preferably an integer of 3 to 24, and particularly preferably an integer of 6 to 12.
Further, — ((CH 2 ) y CH 2 O) — or — ((CH 2 ) y CH (CH 3 ) O) — in the general formula (i) or the general formula (ii) is a terminal on the oxygen atom side. Is preferred in which X is bonded to X.
 前記一般式(i)又は(ii)で表される化合物は1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上併用してもよい。特に、一般式(ii)において、6個のX全てがアクリロイル基である形態が好ましい。  The compounds represented by the general formula (i) or (ii) may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In particular, in the general formula (ii), a form in which all six Xs are acryloyl groups is preferable. *
 前記一般式(i)又は(ii)で表される化合物は、従来公知の工程である、ペンタエリスリト-ル又はジペンタエリスリト-ルにエチレンオキシド又はプロピレンオキシドを開環付加反応により開環骨格を結合する工程と、開環骨格の末端水酸基に、例えば(メタ)アクリロイルクロライドを反応させて(メタ)アクリロイル基を導入する工程と、から合成することができる。各工程は良く知られた工程であり、当業者は容易に一般式(i)又は(ii)で表される化合物を合成することができる。 The compound represented by the above general formula (i) or (ii) is a ring-opening skeleton obtained by ring-opening addition reaction of ethylene oxide or propylene oxide with pentaerythritol or dipentaerythritol, which is a conventionally known process. And a step of reacting, for example, (meth) acryloyl chloride with the terminal hydroxyl group of the ring-opening skeleton to introduce a (meth) acryloyl group. Each step is a well-known step, and a person skilled in the art can easily synthesize a compound represented by the general formula (i) or (ii).
 前記一般式(i)又は(ii)で表される化合物の中でも、ペンタエリスリトール誘導体及び/又はジペンタエリスリトール誘導体がより好ましい。
 具体的には、下記式(a)~(f)で表される化合物(以下、「例示化合物(a)~(f)」ともいう。)が挙げられ、中でも、例示化合物(a)、(b)、(e)、(f)が好ましい。
Among the compounds represented by the general formula (i) or (ii), a pentaerythritol derivative and / or a dipentaerythritol derivative is more preferable.
Specific examples include compounds represented by the following formulas (a) to (f) (hereinafter also referred to as “exemplary compounds (a) to (f)”). Among them, exemplary compounds (a), (f) b), (e) and (f) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 一般式(i)、(ii)で表される重合性モノマー等の市販品としては、例えばサートマー社製のエチレンオキシ鎖を4個有する4官能アクリレートであるSR-494、日本化薬株式会社製のペンチレンオキシ鎖を6個有する6官能アクリレートであるDPCA-60、イソブチレンオキシ鎖を3個有する3官能アクリレートであるTPA-330などが挙げられる。 Examples of commercially available monomers such as polymerizable monomers represented by the general formulas (i) and (ii) include SR-494, a tetrafunctional acrylate having four ethyleneoxy chains manufactured by Sartomer, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. DPCA-60, which is a hexafunctional acrylate having six pentyleneoxy chains, and TPA-330, which is a trifunctional acrylate having three isobutyleneoxy chains.
 また、重合性モノマー等としては、特公昭48-41708号、特開昭51-37193号、特公平2-32293号、特公平2-16765号に記載されているようなウレタンアクリレート類や、特公昭58-49860号、特公昭56-17654号、特公昭62-39417号、特公昭62-39418号記載のエチレンオキサイド系骨格を有するウレタン化合物類も好適である。更に、重合性モノマー等として、特開昭63-277653号、特開昭63-260909号、特開平1-105238号に記載される、分子内にアミノ構造やスルフィド構造を有する付加重合性モノマー類を用いることによって、非常に感光スピードに優れた硬化性組成物を得ることができる。
 重合性モノマー等の市販品としては、ウレタンオリゴマーUAS-10、UAB-140(山陽国策パルプ社製)、UA-7200」(新中村化学社製、DPHA-40H(日本化薬社製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共栄社製)などが挙げられる。
Examples of the polymerizable monomer include urethane acrylates described in JP-B-48-41708, JP-A-51-37193, JP-B-2-32293, JP-B-2-16765, and the like. Urethane compounds having an ethylene oxide skeleton described in JP-B-58-49860, JP-B-56-17654, JP-B-62-39417, and JP-B-62-39418 are also suitable. Furthermore, as polymerizable monomers, addition polymerizable monomers having an amino structure or a sulfide structure in the molecule described in JP-A-63-277653, JP-A-63-260909, and JP-A-1-105238 are used. Can be used to obtain a curable composition having a very high photosensitive speed.
Commercially available products such as polymerizable monomers include urethane oligomers UAS-10, UAB-140 (manufactured by Sanyo Kokusaku Pulp Co., Ltd.), UA-7200 "(manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA -306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha) and the like.
 重合性モノマー等としては、同一分子内に2個以上のメルカプト(SH)基を有する多官能チオール化合物も好適である。特に、下記一般式(I)で表すものが好ましい。 As the polymerizable monomer, a polyfunctional thiol compound having two or more mercapto (SH) groups in the same molecule is also suitable. Particularly preferred are those represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(式中、R1はアルキル基、R2は炭素以外の原子を含んでもよいn価の脂肪族基、R0はHではないアルキル基、nは2~4を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
(Wherein R 1 is an alkyl group, R 2 is an n-valent aliphatic group that may contain atoms other than carbon, R 0 is an alkyl group that is not H, and n represents 2 to 4)
 上記一般式(I)で表される多官能チオール化合物を具体的に例示するならば、下記の構造式を有する1,4-ビス(3-メルカプトブチリルオキシ)ブタン〔式(II)〕、1,3,5-トリス(3-メルカプトブチルオキシエチル)-1,3,5-トリアジアン-2,4,6(1H,3H5H)-トリオン〔式(III)〕、及びペンタエリスリトール テトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)〔式(IV)〕等が挙げられる。これらの多官能チオールは1種または複数組み合わせて使用することが可能である。 If the polyfunctional thiol compound represented by the general formula (I) is specifically exemplified, 1,4-bis (3-mercaptobutyryloxy) butane [formula (II)] having the following structural formula: 1,3,5-tris (3-mercaptobutyloxyethyl) -1,3,5-triasian-2,4,6 (1H, 3H5H) -trione [formula (III)], and pentaerythritol tetrakis (3 -Mercaptobutyrate) [formula (IV)] and the like. These polyfunctional thiols can be used alone or in combination.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 本発明では、重合性モノマー等として、分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を有する重合性モノマーまたはオリゴマーを用いることも好ましい。これらの具体例については、後述のエポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物の欄にてまとめて述べる。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to use a polymerizable monomer or oligomer having two or more epoxy groups or oxetanyl groups in the molecule as the polymerizable monomer. Specific examples of these will be described collectively in the column of the compound having an epoxy group or oxetanyl group described later.
<<B:側鎖に重合性基を有するポリマー>>
 本発明の組成物の第二の好ましい態様は、重合性化合物として、側鎖に重合性基を有するポリマーを含む態様である。
 重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和二重結合基、エポキシ基やオキセタニル基が挙げられる。
 後者は、後述のエポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物の欄にてまとめて述べる。
<< B: polymer having a polymerizable group in the side chain >>
The 2nd preferable aspect of the composition of this invention is an aspect containing the polymer which has a polymeric group in a side chain as a polymeric compound.
Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated double bond group, an epoxy group, and an oxetanyl group.
The latter is described collectively in the column of the compound having an epoxy group or oxetanyl group described later.
 側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーとしては、不飽和二重結合部分として、下記一般式(1)~(3)のいずれかで表される官能基から選ばれる少なくとも一つを有する高分子化合物が好ましい。 The polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain is a high polymer having at least one selected from functional groups represented by any one of the following general formulas (1) to (3) as an unsaturated double bond moiety. Molecular compounds are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 上記一般式(1)において、Rl~R3はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表すが、R1としては、好ましくは、水素原子又は置換基を有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、水素原子、メチル基が、ラジカル反応性が高いことから好ましい。また、R2、R3は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールスルホニル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、水素原子、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基がラジカル反応性が高いことから好ましい。 In the general formula (1), R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl which may have a substituent. A hydrogen atom and a methyl group are preferable because of high radical reactivity. R 2 and R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted group. An aryl group that may have a group, an alkoxy group that may have a substituent, an aryloxy group that may have a substituent, an alkylamino group that may have a substituent, and a substituent An arylamino group which may have a substituent, an alkylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, an arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, and the like. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a substituent An alkyl group which may have a substituent and an aryl group which may have a substituent are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
 Xは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R12)-を表し、R12は、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。ここで、R12は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基がラジカル反応性が高いことから好ましい。 X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 12 ) —, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. Here, examples of R 12 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and an isopropyl group are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
 ここで、導入し得る置換基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、アミド基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基などが挙げられる。 Here, examples of the substituent that can be introduced include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, an amino group, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, A sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amide group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group and the like can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 上記一般式(2)において、R4~R8は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表すが、R4~R8は、好ましくは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールスルホニル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、水素原子、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基が好ましい。 In the general formula (2), R 4 to R 8 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, and R 4 to R 8 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group, or a dialkyl. Amino group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, sulfo group, nitro group, cyano group, alkyl group which may have a substituent, aryl group which may have a substituent, alkoxy which may have a substituent A group, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylamino group which may have a substituent, an arylamino group which may have a substituent, an alkylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent, Examples include an arylsulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and an aryl which may have a substituent Groups are preferred.
 導入し得る置換基としては、一般式(1)と同様のものが例示される。また、Yは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R12)-を表す。R12は、一般式(1)のR12の場合と同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 Examples of the substituent that can be introduced are the same as those in the general formula (1). Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 12 ) —. R 12 has the same meaning as R 12 in general formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 上記一般式(3)において、R9としては、好ましくは、水素原子又は置換基を有して
もよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、水素原子、メチル基が、ラジカル反応性が高いことから好ましい。R10、R11は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基、置換基を有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいアリールアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基、置換基を有してもよいアリールスルホニル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、水素原子、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアリール基がラジカル反応性が高いことから好ましい。
In the general formula (3), R 9 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Among them, a hydrogen atom or a methyl group has high radical reactivity. To preferred. R 10 and R 11 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an amino group, a dialkylamino group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent. An aryl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may have a substituent, an alkylamino group which may have a substituent, a substituent An arylamino group that may have, an alkylsulfonyl group that may have a substituent, an arylsulfonyl group that may have a substituent, and the like, among them, a hydrogen atom, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, An alkyl group which may have a substituent and an aryl group which may have a substituent are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
 ここで、導入し得る置換基としては、一般式(1)と同様のものが例示される。また、Zは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、-N(R13)-、又は置換基を有してもよいフェニレン基を表す。R13としては、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、なかでも、メチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基がラジカル反応性が高いことから好ましい。 Here, examples of the substituent that can be introduced are the same as those in the general formula (1). Z represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 13 ) —, or an optionally substituted phenylene group. Examples of R 13 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Among them, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and an isopropyl group are preferable because of high radical reactivity.
 本発明における側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を含有するポリマーとしては、前記一般式(1)~(3)で表される官能基を含む構成単位を、1分子中に20モル%以上95モル%未満の範囲で含む化合物であることが好ましい。より好ましくは、25~90モル%である。更に好ましくは30モル%以上85モル%未満の範囲である。 As the polymer containing an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain in the present invention, the structural unit containing the functional group represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) is contained in an amount of 20 mol% to 95 mol in one molecule. It is preferable that it is a compound containing in less than%. More preferably, it is 25 to 90 mol%. More preferably, it is the range of 30 mol% or more and less than 85 mol%.
 前記一般式(1)~(3)で表される基を含む構造単位を有する高分子化合物の合成は、特開2003-262958号公報の段落番号[0027]~[0057]に記載の合成方法に基づいて行なうことができる。この中では、同公報中の合成方法1)によるのが好ましい。 The synthesis of the polymer compound having a structural unit containing a group represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) is a synthesis method described in paragraphs [0027] to [0057] of JP-A No. 2003-262958. Can be done on the basis of Of these, the synthesis method 1) in the publication is preferred.
 本発明で用いるエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーは、さらに、酸基を有してもよい。
 本願における酸基とは、pKaが14以下の解離性基を有するものであり、具体的には例えば、-COOH、-SO3H、-PO32、-OSO3H、-OPO22、-PhOH、-SO2H、-SO2NH2、-SO2NHCO-、-SO2NHSO2-等が挙げられ、
なかでも-COOH、-SO3H、-PO32が好ましく、-COOHがさらに好ましい。
The polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond used in the present invention may further have an acid group.
The acid group in the present application has a dissociable group having a pKa of 14 or less. Specifically, for example, —COOH, —SO 3 H, —PO 3 H 2 , —OSO 3 H, —OPO 2 H 2, -PhOH, -SO 2 H, -SO 2 NH 2, -SO 2 NHCO -, - SO 2 NHSO 2 - and the like,
Of these, —COOH, —SO 3 H, and —PO 3 H 2 are preferable, and —COOH is more preferable.
 側鎖に酸基とエチレン性不飽和結合を含有するポリマーは、例えばカルボキシル基を有するアルカリ可溶性ポリマーのカルボキシル基にエチレン性不飽和基含有エポキシ化合物を付加させることにより得ることができる。 The polymer containing an acid group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain can be obtained, for example, by adding an ethylenically unsaturated group-containing epoxy compound to the carboxyl group of an alkali-soluble polymer having a carboxyl group.
 カルボキシル基を有するポリマーとしては1)カルボキシル基を有するモノマーをラジカル重合あるいはイオン重合させたポリマー、2)酸無水物を有するモノマーをラジカルあるいはイオン重合させ酸無水物ユニットを加水分解もしくはハーフエステル化させたポリマー、3)エポキシポリマーを不飽和モノカルボン酸及び酸無水物で変性させたエポキシアクリレート等が挙げられる。 As a polymer having a carboxyl group, 1) a polymer obtained by radical polymerization or ion polymerization of a monomer having a carboxyl group, and 2) radical or ion polymerization of a monomer having an acid anhydride to hydrolyze or half-esterify an acid anhydride unit. 3) Epoxy acrylate obtained by modifying an epoxy polymer with an unsaturated monocarboxylic acid and an acid anhydride.
 具体例としてカルボキシル基を有するビニル系ポリマーを挙げるならば、カルボキシル基を有するモノマーとして(メタ)アクリル酸、メタクリル酸2-サクシノロイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸2-マレイノロイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸2-フタロイルオキシエチル、メタクリル酸2-ヘキサヒドロフタロイルオキシエチル、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸を単独重合させたポリマーや、これらの不飽和カルボン酸をスチレン、α-メチルスチレン、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、(メタ)アクリルアミド、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、アリルグリシジルエーテル、エチルアクリル酸グリシジル、クロトン酸グリシジルエーテル、(メタ)アクリル酸クロライド、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N-メチロールアクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチルアクリルアミド、N-メタクリロイルモルホリン、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、N,N-ジメチルアミノエチルアクリルアミドなどカルボキシル基を有さないビニルモノマーと共重合させたポリマーが挙げられる。 Specific examples of vinyl polymers having a carboxyl group include (meth) acrylic acid, 2-succinoloyloxyethyl methacrylate, 2-malenoyloxyethyl methacrylate, and methacrylic acid 2 as monomers having a carboxyl group. -Polymers obtained by homopolymerizing unsaturated carboxylic acids such as phthaloyloxyethyl, 2-hexahydrophthaloyloxyethyl methacrylate, maleic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, and crotonic acid, and these unsaturated carboxylic acids as styrene , Α-methylstyrene, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, (meth) acrylamide , Glycidyl (meth) aqua Rate, allyl glycidyl ether, glycidyl ethyl acrylate, glycidyl crotonic acid ether, (meth) acrylic acid chloride, benzyl (meth) acrylate, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, N-methylolacrylamide, N, N-dimethylacrylamide, N- Examples thereof include a polymer copolymerized with a vinyl monomer having no carboxyl group, such as methacryloylmorpholine, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and N, N-dimethylaminoethylacrylamide.
 また、無水マレイン酸をスチレン、α-メチルスチレン等と共重合させ、無水マレイン酸ユニット部分をメタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の一価アルコールでハーフエステル化あるいは水により加水分解させたポリマーも挙げられる。 Also, maleic anhydride is copolymerized with styrene, α-methylstyrene, etc., and the maleic anhydride unit part is half-esterified with monohydric alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, or water. Also included are hydrolyzed polymers.
 以上の中では、カルボキシル基を有するポリマー、特に、(メタ)アクリル酸を含有する(メタ)アクリル酸(共)重合ポリマーが好ましく、これらの共重合体としては、具体的には、例えば、特開昭60-208748号公報記載のメタクリル酸メチル/メタクリル酸共重合体、特開昭60-214354号公報記載のメタクリル酸メチル/アクリル酸メチル/メタクリル酸共重合体、特開平5-36581号公報記載のメタクリル酸ベンジル/メタクリル酸メチル/メタクリル酸/アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル共重合体、特開平5-333542号公報記載のメタクリル酸メチル/メタクリル酸n-ブチル/アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル/メタクリル酸共重合体、特開平7-261407号公報記載のスチレン/メタクリル酸メチル/アクリル酸メチル/メタクリル酸共重合体、特開平10-110008号公報記載のメタクリル酸メチル/アクリル酸n-ブチル/アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル/メタクリル酸共重合体、特開平10-198031号公報記載のメタクリル酸メチル/アクリル酸n-ブチル/アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル/スチレン/メタクリル酸共重合体等を挙げることができる。 Among the above, a polymer having a carboxyl group, in particular, a (meth) acrylic acid (co) polymer containing (meth) acrylic acid is preferable, and specific examples of these copolymers include, for example, Methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-60-208748, Methyl methacrylate / methyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-60-214354, JP-A-5-36581 Benzyl methacrylate / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate copolymer described in JP-A-5-333542, methyl methacrylate / n-butyl methacrylate / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer Polymer, styrene / methacrylic acid methyl ester described in JP-A-7-261407 / Methyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, methyl methacrylate / n-butyl acrylate / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-10-110008, JP-A-10-198031 And methyl methacrylate / n-butyl acrylate / 2-ethylhexyl acrylate / styrene / methacrylic acid copolymer.
 本発明における側鎖に酸基と重合性基を含有するポリマーは、不飽和二重結合部分として、下記一般式(1-1)~(3-1)のいずれかで表される構造単位から選ばれる少なくとも一つを有する高分子化合物が好ましい。 The polymer containing an acid group and a polymerizable group in the side chain in the present invention has an unsaturated double bond moiety as a structural unit represented by any one of the following general formulas (1-1) to (3-1). A polymer compound having at least one selected is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 前記一般式(1-1)~(3-1)において、A1、A2、及びA3は、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R21)-を表し、R21は置換基を有してもよいアルキル基を表す。G1、G2、及びG3は、それぞれ独立に2価の有機基を表す。X及びZは、それぞれ独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R22)-を表し、R22は置換基を有してもよいアルキル基を表す。Yは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、置換基を有してもよいフェニレン基、又は-N(R23)-を表し、R23は置換基を有してもよいアルキル基を表す。R1~R20は、それぞれ独立に1価の置換基を表す。 In the general formulas (1-1) to (3-1), A 1 , A 2 , and A 3 each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —, and R 21 Represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent. G 1 , G 2 , and G 3 each independently represent a divalent organic group. X and Z each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 22 ) —, and R 22 represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent. Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an optionally substituted phenylene group, or —N (R 23 ) —, and R 23 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group. R 1 to R 20 each independently represents a monovalent substituent.
 前記一般式(1-1)において、R1~R3はそれぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すが、水素原子、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、中でも、R1、R2は水素原子が好ましく、R3は水素原子、メチル基が好ましい。
 R4~R6はそれぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すが、R4としては、水素原子または置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、中でも、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基が好ましい。また、R5、R6は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリール基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリールスルホニル基などが挙げられ、中でも、水素原子、アルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリール基が好ましい。
 ここで、導入しうる置換基としては、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、イソプロピオキシカルボニル基、メチル基、エチル基、フェニル基等が挙げられる。
In the general formula (1-1), R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may further have a substituent. R 1 and R 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, and R 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 4 to R 6 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples of R 4 include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may further have a substituent, among which a hydrogen atom, a methyl group An ethyl group is preferred. R 5 and R 6 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkyl group that may further have a substituent, or a substituent. An aryl group which may further have a substituent, an aryloxy group which may further have a substituent, an alkylsulfonyl group which may further have a substituent, and further having a substituent An arylsulfonyl group which may be substituted may be mentioned. Among them, a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group which may further have a substituent, and an aryl group which may further have a substituent are preferable.
Here, examples of the substituent that can be introduced include a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an isopropyloxycarbonyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a phenyl group.
 A1は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は、-N(R21)-を表し、Xは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R22)-を表す。ここで、R21、R22としては、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基が挙げられる。
 G1は、2価の有機基を表すが、置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基が好ましい。より好ましくは、炭素数1~20の置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基、炭素数3~20の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキレン基、炭素数6~20の置換基を有してもよい芳香族基などが挙げられ、中でも、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10の直鎖状あるいは分岐アルキレン基、炭素数3~10の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキレン基、炭素数6~12の置換基を有してもよい芳香族基が強度、現像性等の性能上、好ましい。
 ここで、G1における置換基としては、水酸基がこのましい。
A 1 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —, and X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 22 ) —. Here, examples of R 21 and R 22 include an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
G 1 represents a divalent organic group, but an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable. More preferably, it has an alkylene group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituent which has 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Aromatic groups may be mentioned. Among them, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a cyclo group which may have a substituent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. An alkylene group and an aromatic group which may have a substituent having 6 to 12 carbon atoms are preferable in terms of performance such as strength and developability.
Here, a hydroxyl group is preferable as a substituent in G 1 .
 前記一般式(2-1)において、R7~R9はそれぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すが、水素原子、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、中でも、R7、R8は水素原子が好ましく、R9は水素原子、メチル基が好ましい。
 R10~R12は、それぞれ独立に1価の置換基を表すが、この置換基としては、具体的には例えば、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリール基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリールスルホニル基などが挙げられ、中でも、水素原子、アルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリール基が好ましい。
 ここで、導入可能な置換基としては、一般式(1-1)において挙げたものが同様に例示される。 
In the general formula (2-1), R 7 to R 9 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may further have a substituent. R 7 and R 8 are preferably a hydrogen atom, and R 9 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 10 to R 12 each independently represents a monovalent substituent. Specific examples of the substituent include a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, and a nitro group. , A cyano group, an alkyl group which may further have a substituent, an aryl group which may further have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may further have a substituent, and an aryl which may further have a substituent Examples thereof include an oxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent, and an arylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent. Among them, a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a substituent may be further included. A good alkyl group and an aryl group which may further have a substituent are preferred.
Here, examples of the substituent that can be introduced include those listed in the general formula (1-1).
 A2は、それぞれ独立して、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は、-N(R21)-を表し、ここで、R21としては、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられる。
 G2は、2価の有機基を表すが、置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基が好ましい。好ましくは、炭素数1~20の置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基、炭素数3~20の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキレン基、炭素数6~20の置換基を有してもよい芳香族基などが挙げられ、中でも、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10の直鎖状あるいは分岐アルキレン基、炭素数3~10の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキレン基、炭素数6~12の置換基を有してもよい芳香族基が強度、現像性等の性能上、好ましい。
 ここで、G2における置換基としては、水酸基が好ましい。
A 2 independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —, wherein R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, or the like. Can be mentioned.
G 2 represents a divalent organic group, and an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable. Preferably, it has an alkylene group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituent which has 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Aromatic groups, etc. may be mentioned. Among them, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a cycloalkylene which may have a substituent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. An aromatic group which may have a substituent having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable in terms of performance such as strength and developability.
Here, the substituent in G 2 is preferably a hydroxyl group.
 Yは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、-N(R23)-または置換基を有してもよいフェニレン基を表す。ここで、R23としては、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられる。 Y represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 23 ) — or an optionally substituted phenylene group. Here, examples of R 23 include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
 前記一般式(3-1)において、R13~R15はそれぞれ独立に、1価の置換基を表すが、水素原子、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基などが挙げられ、中でも、R13、R14は水素原子が好ましく、R15は水素原子、メチル基が好ましい。
 R16~R20は、それぞれ独立に1価の置換基を表すが、R16~R20は、例えば、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ジアルキルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、スルホ基、ニトロ基、シアノ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリール基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルコキシ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリールオキシ基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキルスルホニル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリールスルホニル基などが挙げられ、中でも、水素原子、アルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を更に有してもよいアリール基が好ましい。導入しうる置換基としては、一般式(1)においてあげたものが例示される。
 A3は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R21)-を表し、Zは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R22)-を表す。R21、R22としては、一般式(1)におけるのと同様のものが挙げられる。
In the general formula (3-1), R 13 to R 15 each independently represents a monovalent substituent, and examples thereof include a hydrogen atom and an alkyl group which may have a substituent. 13 and R 14 are preferably hydrogen atoms, and R 15 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
R 16 to R 20 each independently represents a monovalent substituent. R 16 to R 20 are, for example, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a dialkylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a sulfo group, a nitro group, or a cyano group. , An alkyl group that may further have a substituent, an aryl group that may further have a substituent, an alkoxy group that may further have a substituent, an aryloxy group that may further have a substituent, Examples include an alkylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent, an arylsulfonyl group that may further have a substituent, and the like. Among them, a hydrogen atom, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and an alkyl group that may further have a substituent An aryl group which may further have a substituent is preferable. Examples of the substituent that can be introduced include those listed in the general formula (1).
A 3 represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 21 ) —, and Z represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or —N (R 22 ) —. Examples of R 21 and R 22 include the same as those in the general formula (1).
 G3は、2価の有機基を表すが、置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基が好ましい。好ましくは、炭素数1~20の置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基、炭素数3~20の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキレン基、炭素数6~20の置換基を有してもよい芳香族基などが挙げられ、中でも、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~10の直鎖状あるいは分岐アルキレン基、炭素数3~10の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキレン基、炭素数6~12の置換基を有してもよい芳香族基が強度、現像性等の性能上、好ましい。
 ここで、G3における置換基としては、水酸基が好ましい。
G 3 represents a divalent organic group, but an alkylene group which may have a substituent is preferable. Preferably, it has an alkylene group which may have a substituent having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkylene group which may have a substituent having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituent which has 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Aromatic groups, etc. may be mentioned. Among them, a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a cycloalkylene which may have a substituent having 3 to 10 carbon atoms. An aromatic group which may have a substituent having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is preferable in terms of performance such as strength and developability.
Here, the substituent in G 3 is preferably a hydroxyl group.
 エチレン性不飽和結合と酸基を有する構成単位の好ましい例として、下記の高分子化合物1~17を挙げることができる。 Preferred examples of the structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and an acid group include the following polymer compounds 1 to 17.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 本発明における側鎖に酸基とエチレン性不飽和結合を含有するポリマーは、酸価が20~300、好ましくは40~200、より好ましくは60~150の範囲であることが好ましい。 The polymer having an acid group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain in the present invention preferably has an acid value in the range of 20 to 300, preferably 40 to 200, more preferably 60 to 150.
 本発明で用いる側鎖に重合性基を有するポリマーは、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合とウレタン基を有するポリマー(以下、「ウレタンポリマー」ということがある)であることも好ましい。
 ウレタンポリマーは、下記一般式(4)で表されるジイソシアネート化合物の少なくとも1種と、一般式(5)で表されるジオール化合物の少なくとも1種と、の反応生成物で表される構造単位を基本骨格とするポリウレタンポリマー(以下、適宜「特定ポリウレタンポリマーと称する)である。
The polymer having a polymerizable group in the side chain used in the present invention is also preferably a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a urethane group in the side chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “urethane polymer”).
The urethane polymer has a structural unit represented by a reaction product of at least one diisocyanate compound represented by the following general formula (4) and at least one diol compound represented by the general formula (5). A polyurethane polymer having a basic skeleton (hereinafter referred to as “specific polyurethane polymer” as appropriate).
  OCN-X0-NCO  一般式(4)
  HO-Y0-OH    一般式(5)
OCN-X 0 -NCO General formula (4)
HO—Y 0 —OH Formula (5)
 一般式(4)及び(5)中、X0、Y0は、それぞれ独立に2価の有機残基を表す。 In general formulas (4) and (5), X 0 and Y 0 each independently represent a divalent organic residue.
 上記一般式(4)で表されるジイソシアネート化合物、又は、一般式(5)で表されるジオール化合物の少なくともどちらか一方が、上記不飽和二重結合部分を示す一般式(1)~(3)で表される基のうち少なくとも1つを有していれば、当該ジイソシアネート化合物と当該ジオール化合物との反応生成物として、側鎖に上記一般式(1)~(3)で表される基が導入された特定ポリウレタンポリマーが生成される。かかる方法によれば、ポリウレタンポリマーの反応生成後に所望の側鎖を置換、導入するよりも、容易に本発明に係る特定ポリウレタンポリマーを製造することができる。 At least one of the diisocyanate compound represented by the general formula (4) and the diol compound represented by the general formula (5) is represented by the general formulas (1) to (3) in which the unsaturated double bond portion is represented. ) Group represented by the above general formulas (1) to (3) as a reaction product of the diisocyanate compound and the diol compound. A specific polyurethane polymer in which is introduced is produced. According to this method, the specific polyurethane polymer according to the present invention can be produced more easily than the substitution and introduction of a desired side chain after the reaction of the polyurethane polymer.
1)ジイソシアネート化合物
 上記一般式(4)で表されるジイソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、トリイソシアネート化合物と、不飽和基を有する単官能のアルコール又は単官能のアミン化合物1当量とを付加反応させて得られる生成物がある。
 トリイソシアネート化合物としては、例えば下記に示すものが挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。
1) Diisocyanate compound The diisocyanate compound represented by the general formula (4) is obtained by, for example, subjecting a triisocyanate compound to 1 equivalent of a monofunctional alcohol or monofunctional amine compound having an unsaturated group. There are products that are produced.
Examples of the triisocyanate compound include those shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 不飽和基を有する単官能のアルコール又は単官能のアミン化合物しては、例えば下記に示すものが挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the monofunctional alcohol or monofunctional amine compound having an unsaturated group include those shown below, but are not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 ここで、ポリウレタンポリマーの側鎖に不飽和基を導入する方法としては、ポリウレタンポリマー製造の原料として、側鎖に不飽和基を含有するジイソシアネート化合物を用いる方法が好適である。トリイソシアネート化合物と不飽和基を有する単官能のアルコール又は単官能のアミン化合物1当量とを付加反応させることにより得ることできるジイソシアネート化合物であって、側鎖に不飽和基を有するものとしては、例えば、下記に示すものが挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Here, as a method for introducing an unsaturated group into the side chain of the polyurethane polymer, a method using a diisocyanate compound containing an unsaturated group in the side chain as a raw material for producing the polyurethane polymer is suitable. Examples of the diisocyanate compound obtained by addition reaction of a triisocyanate compound and a monofunctional alcohol having an unsaturated group or 1 equivalent of a monofunctional amine compound having an unsaturated group in the side chain include, for example, Although the following are mentioned, it is not limited to this.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 本発明で使用される特定ポリウレタンポリマーは、例えば、重合性組成物中の他の成分との相溶性を向上させ、保存安定性を向上させるといった観点から、上述の不飽和基を含有するジイソシアネート化合物以外のジイソシアネート化合物を共重合させることができる。 The specific polyurethane polymer used in the present invention includes, for example, the above-mentioned diisocyanate compound containing an unsaturated group from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with other components in the polymerizable composition and improving storage stability. Other diisocyanate compounds can be copolymerized.
 共重合させるジイソシアネート化合物としては下記のものを挙げることできる。好ましいものは、下記一般式(6)で表されるジイソシアネート化合物である。 Examples of the diisocyanate compound to be copolymerized include the following. Preferred is a diisocyanate compound represented by the following general formula (6).
 OCN-L1-NCO  一般式(6) OCN-L 1 -NCO General formula (6)
 一般式(6)中、L1は置換基を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族又は芳香族炭化水素基を表す。必要に応じ、L1中はイソシアネート基と反応しない他の官能基、例えばエステル、ウレタン、アミド、ウレイド基を有していてもよい。 In General Formula (6), L 1 represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent. If necessary, L 1 may have another functional group that does not react with an isocyanate group, such as an ester, urethane, amide, or ureido group.
 上記一般式(6)で表されるジイソシアネート化合物としては、具体的には以下に示すものが含まれる。
 すなわち、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネートの二量体、2,6-トリレンジレンジイソシアネート、p-キシリレンジイソシアネート、m-キシリレンジイソシアネート、4,4’-ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、1,5-ナフチレンジイソシアネート、3,3’-ジメチルビフェニル-4,4’-ジイソシアネート等のような芳香族ジイソシアネート化合物;
ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、リジンジイソシアネート、ダイマー酸ジイソシアネート等のような脂肪族ジイソシアネート化合物;
イソホロンジイソシアネート、4,4’-メチレンビス(シクロヘキシルイソシアネート)、メチルシクロヘキサン-2,4(又は2,6)ジイソシアネート、1,3-(イソシアネートメチル)シクロヘキサン等のような脂環族ジイソシアネート化合物;
1,3-ブチレングリコール1モルとトリレンジイソシアネート2モルとの付加体等のようなジオールとジイソシアネートとの反応物であるジイソシアネート化合物;等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the diisocyanate compound represented by the general formula (6) include those shown below.
2,4-tolylene diisocyanate, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate dimer, 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate, p-xylylene diisocyanate, m-xylylene diisocyanate, 4,4'-diphenylmethane diisocyanate Aromatic diisocyanate compounds such as 1,5-naphthylene diisocyanate, 3,3′-dimethylbiphenyl-4,4′-diisocyanate;
Aliphatic diisocyanate compounds such as hexamethylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, lysine diisocyanate, dimer acid diisocyanate and the like;
Alicyclic diisocyanate compounds such as isophorone diisocyanate, 4,4′-methylenebis (cyclohexyl isocyanate), methylcyclohexane-2,4 (or 2,6) diisocyanate, 1,3- (isocyanatomethyl) cyclohexane, and the like;
And a diisocyanate compound that is a reaction product of a diol and a diisocyanate such as an adduct of 1 mol of 1,3-butylene glycol and 2 mol of tolylene diisocyanate.
2)ジオール化合物
 上記一般式(5)で表されるジオール化合物としては、広くは、ポリエーテルジオール化合物、ポリエステルジオール化合物、ポリカーボネートジオール化合物等が挙げられる。
2) Diol Compound As the diol compound represented by the general formula (5), a polyether diol compound, a polyester diol compound, a polycarbonate diol compound, and the like are widely used.
 ここで、ポリウレタンポリマーの側鎖に不飽和基を導入する方法としては、前述の方法の他に、ポリウレタンポリマー製造の原料として、側鎖に不飽和基を含有するジオール化合物を用いる方法も好適である。そのようなジオール化合物は、例えば、トリメチロールプロパンモノアリルエーテルのように市販されているものでもよいし、ハロゲン化ジオール化合物、トリオール化合物、アミノジオール化合物と、不飽和基を含有するカルボン酸、酸塩化物、イソシアネート、アルコール、アミン、チオール、ハロゲン化アルキル化合物との反応により容易に製造される化合物であってもよい。これら化合物の具体的な例として、下記に示す化合物が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。 Here, as a method for introducing an unsaturated group into the side chain of the polyurethane polymer, in addition to the above-described method, a method using a diol compound containing an unsaturated group in the side chain as a raw material for producing the polyurethane polymer is also suitable. is there. Such a diol compound may be a commercially available one such as trimethylolpropane monoallyl ether, a halogenated diol compound, a triol compound, an aminodiol compound, a carboxylic acid containing an unsaturated group, and an acid. It may be a compound that is easily produced by a reaction with a chloride, isocyanate, alcohol, amine, thiol, or alkyl halide compound. Specific examples of these compounds include, but are not limited to, the compounds shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 また、本発明におけるより好ましいポリマーとして、ポリウレタンの合成に際して、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有するジオール化合物の少なくとも1つとして、下記一般式(G)で表されるジオール化合物を用いて得られたポリウレタン樹を挙げることができる。 Further, as a more preferred polymer in the present invention, a polyurethane obtained by using a diol compound represented by the following general formula (G) as at least one diol compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the synthesis of polyurethane. You can list trees.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 前記一般式(G)中、R1~R3はそれぞれ独立に水素原子又は1価の有機基を表し、Aは2価の有機残基を表し、Xは、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又は-N(R12)-を表し、R12は、水素原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。
 なお、この一般式(G)におけるR1~R3及びXは、前記一般式(1)におけるR1~R3及びXと同義であり、好ましい態様もまた同様である。
 このようなジオール化合物に由来するポリウレタンポリマーを用いることにより、立体障害の大きい2級アルコールに起因するポリマー主鎖の過剰な分子運動を抑制効果により、層の被膜強度の向上が達成できるものと考えられる。
 以下、特定ポリウレタンポリマーの合成に好適に用いられる一般式(G)で表されるジオール化合物の具体例を示す。
In the general formula (G), R 1 to R 3 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group, A represents a divalent organic residue, X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or — N (R 12 ) — is represented, and R 12 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
Incidentally, R 1 ~ R 3 and X in the general formula (G), said a general formula (1) the same meaning as R 1 ~ R 3 and X in preferred embodiments versa.
By using a polyurethane polymer derived from such a diol compound, it is considered that the coating strength of the layer can be improved by suppressing the excessive molecular motion of the polymer main chain caused by the secondary alcohol having a large steric hindrance. It is done.
Hereinafter, specific examples of the diol compound represented by the general formula (G) which are suitably used for the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer will be shown.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 本発明で使用される特定ポリウレタンポリマーは、例えば、重合性組成物中の他の成分との相溶性を向上させ、保存安定性を向上させるといった観点から、上述の不飽和基を含有するジオール化合物以外のジオール化合物を共重合させることができる。
 そのようなジオール化合物としては、例えば、上述したポリエーテルジオール化合物、ポリエステルジオール化合物、ポリカーボネートジオール化合物を挙げることできる。
The specific polyurethane polymer used in the present invention is, for example, the above-mentioned diol compound containing an unsaturated group from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with other components in the polymerizable composition and improving storage stability. Diol compounds other than can be copolymerized.
Examples of such diol compounds include the polyether diol compounds, polyester diol compounds, and polycarbonate diol compounds described above.
 ポリエーテルジオール化合物としては、下記式(7)、(8)、(9)、(10)、(11)で表される化合物、及び、末端に水酸基を有するエチレンオキシドとプロピレンオキシドとのランダム共重合体が挙げられる。 Examples of the polyether diol compound include compounds represented by the following formulas (7), (8), (9), (10), and (11), and random copolymerization of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide having a hydroxyl group at the terminal. Coalescence is mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 式(7)~(11)中、R14は水素原子又はメチル基を表し、X1は、以下の基を表す。また、a、b、c、d、e、f、gはそれぞれ2以上の整数を表し、好ましくは2~100の整数である。 In formulas (7) to (11), R 14 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and X 1 represents the following group. A, b, c, d, e, f, and g each represents an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 100.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 上記式(7)、(8)で表されるポリエーテルジオール化合物としては具体的には以下に示すものが挙げられる。
 すなわち、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、ペンタエチレングリコール、ヘキサエチレングリコール、ヘプタエチレングリコール、オクタエチレングリコール、ジ-1,2-プロピレングリコール、トリ-1,2-プロピレングリコール、テトラ-1,2-プロピレングリコール、ヘキサ-1,2-プロピレングリコール、ジ-1,3-プロピレングリコール、トリ-1,3-プロピレングリコール、テトラ-1,3-プロピレングリコール、ジ-1,3-ブチレングリコール、トリ-1,3-ブチレングリコール、ヘキサ-1,3-ブチレングリコール、重量平均分子量1000のポリエチレングリコール、重量平均分子量1500のポリエチレングリコール、重量平均分子量2000のポリエチレングリコール、重量平均分子量3000のポリエチレングリコール、重量平均分子量7500のポリエチレングリコール、重量平均分子量400のポリプロピレングリコール、重量平均分子量700のポリプロピレングリコール、重量平均分子量1000のポリプロピレングリコール、重量平均分子量2000のポリプロピレングリコール、重量平均分子量3000のポリプロピレングリコール、重量平均分子量4000のポリプロピレングリコール等である。
Specific examples of the polyether diol compound represented by the above formulas (7) and (8) include the following.
That is, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, pentaethylene glycol, hexaethylene glycol, heptaethylene glycol, octaethylene glycol, di-1,2-propylene glycol, tri-1,2-propylene glycol, tetra-1, 2-propylene glycol, hexa-1,2-propylene glycol, di-1,3-propylene glycol, tri-1,3-propylene glycol, tetra-1,3-propylene glycol, di-1,3-butylene glycol, Tri-1,3-butylene glycol, hexa-1,3-butylene glycol, polyethylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 1000, polyethylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 1500, poly with a weight average molecular weight of 2000 Tylene glycol, polyethylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 3000, polyethylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 7500, polypropylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 400, polypropylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 700, polypropylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 1000, polypropylene glycol with a weight average molecular weight of 2000 , Polypropylene glycol having a weight average molecular weight of 3000, polypropylene glycol having a weight average molecular weight of 4000, and the like.
 上記式(9)で表されるポリエーテルジオール化合物としては、具体的には以下に示すものが挙げられる。
 すなわち、三洋化成工業(株)製、(商品名)PTMG650、PTMG1000、PTMG2000、PTMG3000等である。
Specific examples of the polyether diol compound represented by the formula (9) include those shown below.
That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) PTMG650, PTMG1000, PTMG2000, PTMG3000, and the like.
 上記式(10)で表されるポリエーテルジオール化合物としては、具体的には以下に示すものが挙げられる。
 すなわち、三洋化成工業(株)製、(商品名)ニューポールPE-61、ニューポールPE-62、ニューポールPE-64、ニューポールPE-68、ニューポールPE-71、ニューポールPE-74、ニューポールPE-75、ニューポールPE-78、ニューポールPE-108、ニューポールPE-128、ニューポールPE-61等である。
Specific examples of the polyether diol compound represented by the formula (10) include those shown below.
That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) New Pole PE-61, New Pole PE-62, New Pole PE-64, New Pole PE-68, New Pole PE-71, New Pole PE-74, New Pole PE-75, New Pole PE-78, New Pole PE-108, New Pole PE-128, New Pole PE-61, and the like.
 上記式(11)で表されるポリエーテルジオール化合物としては、具体的には以下に示すものが挙げられる。
 すなわち、三洋化成工業(株)製、(商品名)ニューポールBPE-20、ニューポールBPE-20F、ニューポールBPE-20NK、ニューポールBPE-20T、ニューポールBPE-20G、ニューポールBPE-40、ニューポールBPE-60、ニューポールBPE-100、ニューポールBPE-180、ニューポールBPE-2P、ニューポールBPE-23P、ニューポールBPE-3P、ニューポールBPE-5P等である。
Specific examples of the polyether diol compound represented by the formula (11) include those shown below.
That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) New Pole BPE-20, New Pole BPE-20F, New Pole BPE-20NK, New Pole BPE-20T, New Pole BPE-20G, New Pole BPE-40, New Pole BPE-60, New Pole BPE-100, New Pole BPE-180, New Pole BPE-2P, New Pole BPE-23P, New Pole BPE-3P, New Pole BPE-5P, etc.
 末端に水酸基を有するエチレンオキシドとプロピレンオキシドとのランダム共重合体としては、具体的には以下に示すものが挙げられる。
 すなわち、三洋化成工業(株)製、(商品名)ニューポール50HB-100、ニューポール50HB-260、ニューポール50HB-400、ニューポール50HB-660、ニューポール50HB-2000、ニューポール50HB-5100等である。
Specific examples of the random copolymer of ethylene oxide and propylene oxide having a hydroxyl group at the terminal include the following.
That is, Sanyo Chemical Industries, Ltd. (trade name) New Pole 50HB-100, New Pole 50HB-260, New Pole 50HB-400, New Pole 50HB-660, New Pole 50HB-2000, New Pole 50HB-5100, etc. It is.
 ポリエステルジオール化合物としては、式(12)、(13)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the polyester diol compound include compounds represented by formulas (12) and (13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 式(12)、(13)中、L2、L3及びL4ではそれぞれ同一でも相違してもよく2価
の脂肪族又は芳香族炭化水素基を表し、L5は2価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表す。好ましく
は、L2~L4は、それぞれアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基を表し、L5はアルキレン基を表す。またL2~L5中にはイソシアネート基と反応しな
い他の官能基、例えばエーテル、カルボニル、エステル、シアノ、オレフィン、ウレタン、アミド、ウレイド基又はハロゲン原子等が存在していてもよい。n1、n2はそれぞれ2以上の整数であり、好ましくは2~100の整数を表す。
 ポリカーボネートジオール化合物としては、式(14)で表される化合物がある。
In formulas (12) and (13), L 2 , L 3 and L 4 may be the same or different and each represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group, and L 5 represents a divalent aliphatic carbonization. Represents a hydrogen group. Preferably, L 2 to L 4 each represent an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group, or an arylene group, and L 5 represents an alkylene group. In L 2 to L 5 , other functional groups that do not react with the isocyanate group, such as ether, carbonyl, ester, cyano, olefin, urethane, amide, ureido group, or halogen atom may be present. n1 and n2 are each an integer of 2 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 100.
As the polycarbonate diol compound, there is a compound represented by the formula (14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 式(14)中、L6はそれぞれ同一でも相違してもよく2価の脂肪族又は芳香族炭化水素基を表す。好ましくは、L6はアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基、アリーレン基を表す。またL6中にはイソシアネート基と反応しない他の官能基、例えばエーテル、カルボニル、エステル、シアノ、オレフィン、ウレタン、アミド、ウレイド基又はハロゲン原子等が存在していてもよい。n3は2以上の整数であり、好ましくは2~l00の整数を表す。 In the formula (14), L 6 may be the same or different and each represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group. Preferably, L 6 represents an alkylene group, an alkenylene group, an alkynylene group or an arylene group. In addition, other functional groups that do not react with the isocyanate group, such as ether, carbonyl, ester, cyano, olefin, urethane, amide, ureido group or halogen atom may be present in L 6 . n3 is an integer of 2 or more, and preferably represents an integer of 2 to 100.
 上記式(12)、(13)又は(14)で表されるジオール化合物としては具体的には以下に示す(例示化合物No.1)~(例示化合物No.18)が含まれる。具体例中のnは2以上の整数を表す。 Specific examples of the diol compound represented by the above formula (12), (13) or (14) include (Exemplary Compound No. 1) to (Exemplary Compound No. 18) shown below. N in the specific examples represents an integer of 2 or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 また、特定ポリウレタンポリマーの合成には、上記ジオール化合物の他に、イソシアネート基と反応しない置換基を有するジオール化合物を併用することもできる。このようなジオール化合物としては、例えば、以下に示すものが含まれる。 In addition to the above diol compound, a diol compound having a substituent that does not react with an isocyanate group can be used in combination for the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer. Examples of such diol compounds include those shown below.
 HO-L7-O-CO-L8-CO-O-L7-OH   (15)
 HO-L8-CO-O-L7-OH           (16)
HO—L 7 —O—CO—L 8 —CO—OL 7 —OH (15)
HO-L 8 —CO—OL 7 —OH (16)
 式(15)、(16)中、L7、L8はそれぞれ同一でも相違していてもよく、置換基(例えば、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基、-F、-Cl、-Br、-I等のハロゲン原子などの各基が含まれる。)を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基又は複素環基を表す。必要に応じ、L7、L8中にイソシアネート基と反応しない他の官能基、例えば、カルボニル基、エステル基、ウレタン基、アミド基、ウレイド基などを有していてもよい。なおL7、L8で環を形成してもよい。 In formulas (15) and (16), L 7 and L 8 may be the same or different, and each may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, —F, — And a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group or heterocyclic group which may have a halogen atom such as Cl, -Br, -I, etc.). If necessary, L 7 and L 8 may have another functional group that does not react with an isocyanate group, such as a carbonyl group, an ester group, a urethane group, an amide group, or a ureido group. Note that L 7 and L 8 may form a ring.
 更に、特定ポリウレタンポリマーの合成には、上記ジオール化合物の他に、カルボキシル基を有するジオール化合物を併用することもできる。
 このようなジオール化合物としては、例えば、以下の式(17)~(19)に示すものが含まれる。
Furthermore, in the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer, a diol compound having a carboxyl group can be used in combination with the diol compound.
Examples of such diol compounds include those represented by the following formulas (17) to (19).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 式(17)~(19)中、R15は水素原子、置換基(例えば、シアノ基、ニトロ基、-F、-Cl、-Br、-I等のハロゲン原子、-CONH2、-COOR16、-OR16、-NHCONHR16、-NHCOOR16、-NHCOR16、-OCONHR16(ここで、R16は炭素数1~10のアルキル基、炭素数7~15のアラルキル基を表す。)などの各基が含まれる。)を有していてもよいアルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリーロキシ基を表し、好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~8個のアルキル基、炭素数6~15個のアリール基を表す。L9、L10、L11はそれぞれ同一でも相違していてもよく、単結合、置換基(例えば、アルキル、アラルキル、アリール、アルコキシ、ハロゲノの各基が好ましい。)を有していてもよい2価の脂肪族又は芳香族炭化水素基を表し、好ましくは炭素数1~20個のアルキレン基、炭素数6~15個のアリーレン基、さらに好ましくは炭素数1~8個のアルキレン基を表す。また必要に応じ、L9~L11中にイソシアネート基と反応しない他の官能基、例えばカルボニル、エステル、ウレタン、アミド、ウレイド、エーテル基を有していてもよい。なおR15、L7、L8、L9のうちの2又は3個で環を形成してもよい。
 Arは置換基を有していてもよい三価の芳香族炭化水素基を表し、好ましくは炭素数6~15個の芳香族基を表す。
In the formulas (17) to (19), R 15 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituent (for example, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom such as —F, —Cl, —Br, —I, etc.), —CONH 2 , —COOR 16 , —OR 16 , —NHCONHR 16 , —NHCOOR 16 , —NHCOR 16 , —OCONHR 16 (wherein R 16 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms and an aralkyl group having 7 to 15 carbon atoms). An alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryloxy group, which may have a group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and 6 to 6 carbon atoms. Represents 15 aryl groups. L 9 , L 10 and L 11 may be the same or different from each other, and may have a single bond or a substituent (for example, alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy and halogeno groups are preferred). Represents a divalent aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an arylene group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. . If necessary, L 9 to L 11 may have other functional groups that do not react with isocyanate groups, such as carbonyl, ester, urethane, amide, ureido, and ether groups. A ring may be formed by 2 or 3 of R 15 , L 7 , L 8 and L 9 .
Ar represents a trivalent aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and preferably represents an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
 上記式(17)~(19)で表されるカルボキシル基を有するジオール化合物としては具体的には以下に示すものが含まれる。
 すなわち、3,5-ジヒドロキシ安息香酸、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)プロピオン酸、2,2-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)プロピオン酸、2,2-ビス(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)プロピオン酸、ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)酢酸、ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)酢酸、2,2-ビス(ヒドロキシメチル)酪酸、4,4-ビス(4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ペンタン酸、酒石酸、N,N-ジヒドロキシエチルグリシン、N,N―ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)-3-カルボキシ-プロピオンアミド等である。
Specific examples of the diol compound having a carboxyl group represented by the above formulas (17) to (19) include those shown below.
3,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid, 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) propionic acid, 2,2-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) propionic acid, 2,2-bis (3-hydroxypropyl) propionic acid, Bis (hydroxymethyl) acetic acid, bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) acetic acid, 2,2-bis (hydroxymethyl) butyric acid, 4,4-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) pentanoic acid, tartaric acid, N, N-dihydroxyethylglycine N, N-bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -3-carboxy-propionamide and the like.
 このようなカルボキシル基の存在により、ポリウレタンポリマーに水素結合性とアルカリ可溶性といった特性を付与できるため好ましい。より具体的には、前記側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を有するポリウレタンポリマーが、さらに側鎖にカルボキシル基を有するポリマーであり、より具体的には、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を0.3meq/g以上有し、且つ、側鎖にカルボキシル基を0.4meq/g以上有するポリウレタンポリマーが、本発明のバインダーポリマーとして特に好ましく用いられる。 It is preferable because the presence of such a carboxyl group can impart properties such as hydrogen bondability and alkali solubility to the polyurethane polymer. More specifically, the polyurethane polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain is a polymer further having a carboxyl group in the side chain, and more specifically, an ethylenically unsaturated bond group in the side chain. A polyurethane polymer having 0.3 meq / g or more and having a carboxyl group in the side chain of 0.4 meq / g or more is particularly preferably used as the binder polymer of the present invention.
 また、特定ポリウレタンポリマーの合成には、上記ジオールの他に、下記の式(20)~(22)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物をジオール化合物で開環させた化合物を併用することもできる。 In addition to the diol, a compound obtained by ring-opening a tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formulas (20) to (22) with a diol compound may be used in combination with the synthesis of the specific polyurethane polymer. it can.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 式(20)~(22)中、L12は、単結合、置換基(例えばアルキル、アラルキル、アリール、アルコキシ、ハロゲノ、エステル、アミドの各基が好ましい。)を有していてもよい二価の脂肪族又は芳香族炭化水素基、-CO-、-SO-、-SO2-、-O-又はS-を表し、好ましくは単結合、炭素数1~15個の二価の脂肪族炭化水素基、-CO-、-SO2-、-O-又はS-を表す。R17、R18は同一でも相違していてもよく、水素原子、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲノ基を表し、好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数1~8個のアルキル基、炭素数6~15個のアリール基、炭素数1~8個のアルコキシ基又はハロゲノ基を表す。またL12、R17、R18のうちの2つが結合して環を形成してもよい。 In the formulas (20) to (22), L 12 may have a single bond or a substituent (eg, alkyl, aralkyl, aryl, alkoxy, halogeno, ester, amide groups are preferred). Represents an aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbon group, —CO—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —O— or S—, preferably a single bond and a divalent aliphatic carbon having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. Represents a hydrogen group, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —O— or S—. R 17 and R 18 may be the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group or a halogeno group, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Group, an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms or a halogeno group. Two of L 12 , R 17 and R 18 may be bonded to form a ring.
 R19、R20は同一でも相違していてもよく、水素原子、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基又はハロゲノ基を表し、好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~8個のアルキル、又は炭素数6~15個のアリール基を表す。またL12、R19、R20のうちの2つが結合して環を形成してもよい。L13、L14は同一でも相違していてもよく、単結合、二重結合、又は二価の脂肪族炭化水素基を表し、好ましくは単結合、二重結合、又はメチレン基を表す。Aは単核又は多核の芳香環を表す。好ましくは炭素数6~18個の芳香環を表す。 R 19 and R 20 may be the same or different and each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group or a halogeno group, preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon number of 6 Represents ˜15 aryl groups. Two of L 12 , R 19 and R 20 may be bonded to form a ring. L 13 and L 14 may be the same or different and each represents a single bond, a double bond, or a divalent aliphatic hydrocarbon group, and preferably represents a single bond, a double bond, or a methylene group. A represents a mononuclear or polynuclear aromatic ring. Preferably, it represents an aromatic ring having 6 to 18 carbon atoms.
 上記式(20)、(21)又は(22)で表される化合物としては、具体的には以下に示すものが含まれる。
 すなわち、ピロメリット酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3,3’,4,4’-ジフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、2,3,6,7-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,4,5,8-ナフタレンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、4,4’-スルホニルジフタル酸二無水物、2,2-ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)プロパン二無水物、ビス(3,4-ジカルボキシフェニル)エーテル二無水物、4,4’-[3,3’-(アルキルホスホリルジフェニレン)-ビス(イミノカルボニル)]ジフタル酸二無水物、
Specific examples of the compound represented by the above formula (20), (21) or (22) include those shown below.
That is, pyromellitic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3,3 ′, 4,4′-diphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,3,6 , 7-Naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,4,5,8-naphthalenetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4′-sulfonyldiphthalic dianhydride, 2,2-bis (3,4 Dicarboxyphenyl) propane dianhydride, bis (3,4-dicarboxyphenyl) ether dianhydride, 4,4 ′-[3,3 ′-(alkylphosphoryldiphenylene) -bis (iminocarbonyl)] diphthalic acid Dianhydride,
ヒドロキノンジアセテートとトリメット酸無水物の付加体、ジアセチルジアミンとトリメット酸無水物の付加体などの芳香族テトラカルボン酸二無水物;5-(2,5-ジオキソテトラヒドロフリル)-3-メチル-3-シクロヘキセシ-1,2-ジカルボン酸無水物(大日本インキ化学工業(株)製、エピクロンB-4400)、1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-シクロヘキサンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、テトラヒドロフランテトラカルボン酸二無水物などの脂環族テトラカルボン酸二無水物;1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、1,2,4,5-ペンタンテトラカルボン酸二無水物などの脂肪族テトラカルボン酸二無水物が挙げられる。 Aromatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as adducts of hydroquinone diacetate and trimetic anhydride, diacetyldiamine and trimetic anhydride; 5- (2,5-dioxotetrahydrofuryl) -3-methyl- 3-cyclohexsi-1,2-dicarboxylic acid anhydride (Dainippon Ink Chemical Co., Ltd., Epicron B-4400), 1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2 Alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 1,4,5-cyclohexanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, tetrahydrofuran tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 1, Aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides such as 2,4,5-pentanetetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 これらのテトラカルボン酸二無水物をジオール化合物で開環された化合物をポリウレタンポリマー中に導入する方法としては、例えば以下の方法がある。
a)テトラカルボン酸二無水物をジオール化合物で開環させて得られたアルコール末端の化合物と、ジイソシアネート化合物とを反応させる方法。
b)ジイソシアネート化合物をジオール化合物過剰の条件下で反応させ得られたアルコール末端のウレタン化合物と、テトラカルボン酸二無水物とを反応させる方法。
Examples of a method for introducing a compound obtained by ring-opening these tetracarboxylic dianhydrides with a diol compound into a polyurethane polymer include the following methods.
a) A method of reacting an alcohol-terminated compound obtained by ring-opening tetracarboxylic dianhydride with a diol compound and a diisocyanate compound.
b) A method of reacting an alcohol-terminated urethane compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound under an excess of a diol compound with tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 またこのとき開環反応に使用されるジオール化合物としては、具体的には以下に示すものが含まれる。
 すなわち、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジプロピレングリコール、ポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、1,3-ブチレングリコール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、2-ブテン-1,4-ジオール、2,2,4-トリメチル-1,3-ペンタンジオール、1,4-ビス-β-ヒドロキシエトキシシクロヘキサン、シクロヘキサンジメタノール、トリシクロデカンジメタノール、水添ビスフェノールA、水添ビスフェノールF、ビスフェノールAのエチレンオキサイド付加体、ビスフェノールAのプロピレンオキサイド付加体、ビスフェノールFのエチレンオキサイド付加体、ビスフェノールFのプロピレンオキサイド付加体、水添ビスフェノールAのエチレンオキサイド付加体、水添ビスフェノールAのプロピレンオキサイド付加体、ヒドロキノンジヒドロキシエチルエーテル、p-キシリレングリコール、ジヒドロキシエチルスルホン、ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)-2,4-トリレンジカルバメート、2,4-トリレン-ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチルカルバミド)、ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)-m-キシリレンジカルバメート、ビス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソフタレート等が挙げられる。
Specific examples of the diol compound used for the ring-opening reaction include those shown below.
That is, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, propylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, 1,6-hexanediol, 2-butene- 1,4-diol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 1,4-bis-β-hydroxyethoxycyclohexane, cyclohexanedimethanol, tricyclodecane dimethanol, hydrogenated bisphenol A, hydrogenated Bisphenol F, bisphenol A ethylene oxide adduct, bisphenol A propylene oxide adduct, bisphenol F ethylene oxide adduct, bisphenol F pro Renoxide adduct, hydrogenated bisphenol A ethylene oxide adduct, hydrogenated bisphenol A propylene oxide adduct, hydroquinone dihydroxyethyl ether, p-xylylene glycol, dihydroxyethyl sulfone, bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -2, Examples include 4-tolylene dicarbamate, 2,4-tolylene-bis (2-hydroxyethylcarbamide), bis (2-hydroxyethyl) -m-xylylenedicarbamate, and bis (2-hydroxyethyl) isophthalate.
 本発明に用い得る特定ポリウレタンポリマーは、上記ジイソシアネート化合物及びジオール化合物を、非プロトン性溶剤中、それぞれの反応性に応じた活性の公知の触媒を添加し、加熱することにより合成される。合成に使用されるジイソシアネート及びジオール化合物のモル比(Ma:Mb)は、1:1~1.2:1が好ましく、アルコール類又はアミン類等で処理することにより、分子量あるいは粘度といった所望の物性の生成物が、最終的にイソシアネート基が残存しない形で合成される。 The specific polyurethane polymer that can be used in the present invention is synthesized by adding the above-mentioned diisocyanate compound and diol compound to an aprotic solvent by adding a known catalyst having an activity corresponding to each reactivity and heating. The molar ratio (M a : M b ) of the diisocyanate and diol compound used in the synthesis is preferably 1: 1 to 1.2: 1, and the molecular weight or viscosity is desired by treatment with alcohols or amines. The product having the physical properties is finally synthesized in a form in which no isocyanate group remains.
 本発明に係る特定ポリウレタンポリマー中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合の導入量としては、当量で言えば、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合基を0.3meq/g以上、さらには0.35~1.50meq/g含有することが好ましい。 The amount of ethylenically unsaturated bonds introduced in the specific polyurethane polymer according to the present invention is, in terms of equivalents, 0.3 meq / g or more, more preferably 0.35 to It is preferable to contain 1.50 meq / g.
 本発明に係る特定ポリウレタンポリマーの分子量としては、好ましくは重量平均分子量で10、000以上であり、より好ましくは、40、000~20万の範囲である。 The molecular weight of the specific polyurethane polymer according to the present invention is preferably 10,000 or more in terms of weight average molecular weight, and more preferably in the range of 40,000 to 200,000.
 本発明では、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するスチレン系ポリマー(以下、「スチレン系ポリマー」ということがある)も好ましく、下記一般式(23)で表されるスチレン性二重結合(スチレンおよびαメチルスチレン系二重結合)、及び、下記一般式(24)で表されるビニルピリジニウム基のうち少なくとも一方を有するものがより好ましい。 In the present invention, a styrene polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “styrene polymer”) is also preferable, and a styrenic double bond (styrene) represented by the following general formula (23): And α-methylstyrene-based double bond) and those having at least one of vinylpyridinium groups represented by the following general formula (24) are more preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 一般式(23)中、R21は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。R22は置換可能な任意の原子または原子団を表す。kは0~4の整数を表す。
 なお、一般式(23)で表されるスチレン性二重結合は、単結合、或いは、任意の原子または原子団からなる連結基を介してポリマー主鎖と連結しており、結合の仕方について特に制限はない。
 以下に、一般式(23)で表される官能基を有する高分子化合物の繰り返し単位として好ましい例を示すが、本発明はこれらの例に限定されるものではない。
In the general formula (23), R 21 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 22 represents any substitutable atom or atomic group. k represents an integer of 0 to 4.
In addition, the styrenic double bond represented by the general formula (23) is connected to the polymer main chain through a single bond or a connecting group consisting of an arbitrary atom or atomic group, and the way of bonding is particularly There is no limit.
Although the preferable example is shown as a repeating unit of the high molecular compound which has a functional group represented by General formula (23) below, this invention is not limited to these examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
 一般式(24)中、R23は水素原子またはメチル基を表す。R24は置換可能な任意の原子または原子団を表す。mは0~4の整数を表す。A-はアニオンを表す。また、ピリジニウム環は置換基としてベンゼン環を縮合したベンゾピリジニウムの形をとっても良く、この場合に於いてはキノリウム基およびイソキノリウム基を含む。
 なお、一般式(24)で表されるビニルピリジニウム基は、単結合、或いは、任意の原子または原子団からなる連結基を介してポリマー主鎖と連結しており、結合の仕方について特に制限はない。
 以下に、一般式(24)で表される官能基を有する高分子化合物の繰り返し単位として好ましい例を示すが、本発明はこれらの例に限定されるものではない。
In the general formula (24), R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 24 represents any substitutable atom or atomic group. m represents an integer of 0 to 4. A represents an anion. Further, the pyridinium ring may take the form of benzopyridinium fused with a benzene ring as a substituent, and in this case includes a quinolium group and an isoquinolium group.
The vinylpyridinium group represented by the general formula (24) is connected to the polymer main chain through a single bond or a connecting group consisting of an arbitrary atom or atomic group, and there is no particular limitation on the way of bonding. Absent.
Although the preferable example is shown below as a repeating unit of the high molecular compound which has a functional group represented by General formula (24) below, this invention is not limited to these examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 スチレン系ポリマーを合成する方法の一つとしては、前記一般式(23)又は(24)で表される官能基を有し、且つ、他の共重合成分と共重合可能な官能基を有するモノマー同士を公知の共重合法を用いて共重合する方法が挙げられる。ここで、スチレン系ポリマーは、一般式(23)および(24)で表される官能基のうち、いずれか一方のうち1種類のみを有するホモポリマーであっても良いし、いずれか一方、又は、双方の官能基のうちそれぞれ2種類以上を有する共重合体であってもよい。 One of the methods for synthesizing the styrenic polymer is a monomer having a functional group represented by the general formula (23) or (24) and having a functional group copolymerizable with another copolymer component. The method of copolymerizing each other using a well-known copolymerization method is mentioned. Here, the styrenic polymer may be a homopolymer having only one of the functional groups represented by the general formulas (23) and (24), or either one or A copolymer having two or more types of both functional groups may be used.
 さらに、これらの官能基を含まない他の共重合モノマーとの共重合体であっても良い。この場合の他の共重合モノマーとしては、例えば該ポリマーにアルカリ水溶液に対する可溶性を付与する目的等で、カルボキシ基含有モノマーを選択することが好ましく、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、アクリル酸2-カルボキシエチルエステル、メタクリル酸2-カルボキシエチルエステル、クロトン酸、マレイン酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸モノアルキルエステル、4-カルボキシスチレン等のような例が挙げられる。 Furthermore, it may be a copolymer with other copolymerization monomers not containing these functional groups. In this case, it is preferable to select a carboxy group-containing monomer for the purpose of, for example, imparting solubility to an aqueous alkaline solution to the polymer, such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid 2-carboxyethyl ester. Examples include 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate, crotonic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid monoalkyl ester, fumaric acid monoalkyl ester, 4-carboxystyrene and the like.
 カルボキシ基を有するモノマー以外にも共重合体中に他のモノマー成分を導入して(多元)共重合体として合成、使用することも好ましく行うことが出来る。こうした場合に共重合体中に組み込むことが出来るモノマーとして、スチレン、4-メチルスチレン、4-ヒドロキシスチレン、4-アセトキシスチレン、4-カルボキシスチレン、4-アミノスチレン、クロロメチルスチレン、4-メトキシスチレン等のスチレン誘導体、ビニルホスホン酸、ビニルスルホン酸およびその塩、スチレンスルホン酸およびその塩、4-ビニルピリジン、2-ビニルピリジン、N-ビニルイミダゾール、N-ビニルカルバゾール、4-ビニルベンジルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、N-ビニルイミダゾールのメチルクロライドによる4級化物、4-ビニルベンジルピリジニウムクロライド、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、フェニルマレイミド、ヒドロキシフェニルマレイミド、酢酸ビニル、クロロ酢酸ビニル、プロピオン酸ビニル、酪酸ビニル、ステアリン酸ビニル、安息香酸ビニル等のビニルエステル類、メチルビニルエーテル、ブチルビニルエーテル等のビニルエーテル類、N-ビニルピロリドン、アクリロイルモルホリン、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、アリルアルコール、ビニルトリメトキシシラン等各種モノマーを適宜共重合モノマーとして使用する。 In addition to the monomer having a carboxy group, other monomer components may be introduced into the copolymer to be synthesized (multi-component) and used as a copolymer. In such a case, monomers that can be incorporated into the copolymer include styrene, 4-methylstyrene, 4-hydroxystyrene, 4-acetoxystyrene, 4-carboxystyrene, 4-aminostyrene, chloromethylstyrene, and 4-methoxystyrene. Styrene derivatives such as, vinylphosphonic acid, vinylsulfonic acid and salts thereof, styrenesulfonic acid and salts thereof, 4-vinylpyridine, 2-vinylpyridine, N-vinylimidazole, N-vinylcarbazole, 4-vinylbenzyltrimethylammonium chloride Quaternized product of N-vinylimidazole with methyl chloride, 4-vinylbenzylpyridinium chloride, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, phenylmaleimide, hydroxyphenylmaleimide, vinyl acetate, Vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl propionate, vinyl butyrate, vinyl stearate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl ethers such as methyl vinyl ether, butyl vinyl ether, N-vinylpyrrolidone, acryloylmorpholine, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, allyl alcohol Various monomers such as vinyltrimethoxysilane are appropriately used as copolymerization monomers.
 スチレン系ポリマーとして上記のような共重合体を使用する場合、全共重合体組成中に占める一般式(23)及び/又は一般式(24)で表される官能基を有する繰り返し単位の割合としては、20質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上であることがより好ましい。この範囲において、本発明の効果に優れ、高感度な架橋系を与える。 When using the above-mentioned copolymer as the styrenic polymer, the proportion of the repeating unit having the functional group represented by the general formula (23) and / or the general formula (24) in the entire copolymer composition Is preferably 20% by mass or more, and more preferably 40% by mass or more. Within this range, the effect of the present invention is excellent and a highly sensitive crosslinking system is provided.
 スチレン系ポリマーの分子量としては、好ましくは重量平均分子量で10000~300000の範囲であり、より好ましくは、15000~200000の範囲であり、最も好ましくは、20000~150000の範囲である。 The molecular weight of the styrenic polymer is preferably in the range of 10,000 to 300,000, more preferably in the range of 15,000 to 200,000, and most preferably in the range of 20,000 to 150,000.
 その他の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリマーとしては、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有するノボラックポリマーとしては、例えば、特開平9-269596号公報に記載のポリマーに、特開2002-62648公報に記載の方法を用いて、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入したポリマー等が挙げられる。
 また、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するアセタールポリマーとしては、例えば、特開2002-162741公報に記載のポリマー等が挙げられる。
 さらに、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリアミド系ポリマーとしては、例えば、特願2003-321022公報に記載のポリマー、又はその中で引用されているポリアミドポリマーに、特開2002-62648公報に記載の方法で側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入したポリマー等が挙げられる。
 側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するポリイミドポリマーとしては、例えば、特願2003-339785公報に記載のポリマー、又はその中で引用されているポリイミドポリマーに、特開2002-62648公報に記載の方法で側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入したポリマー等が挙げられる。
As other polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain, as novolak polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, for example, the polymers described in JP-A-9-269596, Examples thereof include a polymer in which an ethylenically unsaturated bond is introduced into a side chain using the method described in Japanese Patent No. 62648.
Examples of the acetal polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain include polymers described in JP-A No. 2002-162741.
Further, as the polyamide-based polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain, for example, the polymer described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2003-321022 or the polyamide polymer cited therein is disclosed in JP-A-2002-62648. Examples thereof include a polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced into the side chain by the described method.
Examples of the polyimide polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the side chain include, for example, a polymer described in Japanese Patent Application No. 2003-339785, or a polyimide polymer cited therein, and a method described in JP-A-2002-62648. And polymers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond introduced in the side chain.
<<C:エポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物>>
 本発明の第三の好ましい態様は、重合性化合物として、エポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物を含む態様である。エポキシ基またはオキセタニル基を有する化合物としては、具体的には側鎖にエポキシ基を有するポリマー、および分子内に2個以上のエポキシ基を有する重合性モノマーまたはオリゴマーがあり、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂等を挙げることができる。
 これらの化合物は、市販品を用いてもよいし、ポリマーの側鎖へエポキシ基を導入することによっても得られる。
<< C: Compound having epoxy group or oxetanyl group >>
The 3rd preferable aspect of this invention is an aspect containing the compound which has an epoxy group or an oxetanyl group as a polymeric compound. Specific examples of the compound having an epoxy group or oxetanyl group include a polymer having an epoxy group in the side chain, and a polymerizable monomer or oligomer having two or more epoxy groups in the molecule, and a bisphenol A type epoxy resin, Bisphenol F type epoxy resin, phenol novolac type epoxy resin, cresol novolac type epoxy resin, aliphatic epoxy resin and the like can be mentioned.
These compounds may be used as commercial products or can be obtained by introducing an epoxy group into the side chain of the polymer.
 市販品としては、例えば、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂としては、JER827、JER828、JER834、JER1001、JER1002、JER1003、JER1055、JER1007、JER1009、JER1010(以上、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)、EPICLON860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上、DIC(株)製)等であり、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂としては、JER806、JER807、JER4004、JER4005、JER4007、JER4010(以上、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)、EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上、DIC(株)製)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上、日本化薬(株)製)等であり、フェノールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、JER152、JER154、JER157S70、JER157S65、(以上、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-770、EPICLON N-775(以上、DIC(株)製)等であり、クレゾールノボラック型エポキシ樹脂としては、EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695(以上、DIC(株)製)、EOCN-1020(以上、日本化薬(株)製)等であり、脂肪族エポキシ樹脂としては、ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S、同EP-4085S、同EP-4088S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)セロキサイド2021P、セロキサイド2081、セロキサイド2083、セロキサイド2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、同PB 4700(以上、ダイセル化学工業(株)製)、デナコール EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上、ナガセケムテックス(株)製)等である。その他にも、ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、同EP-4003S、同EP-4010S、同EP-4011S(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上、(株)ADEKA製)、JER1031S(ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)等が挙げられる。 As a commercial product, for example, as bisphenol A type epoxy resin, JER827, JER828, JER834, JER1001, JER1002, JER1003, JER1055, JER1007, JER1009, JER1010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc., and bisphenol F type epoxy resin is JER806, JER807, JER4004, JER4005, JER4007, JER4010 (above, Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON830, EPICLON835. (Above DIC Corporation), LCE-21, RE-602S (above, Japan) YER152, JER154, JER157S70, JER157S65 (above, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N -770, EPICLON N-775 (from DIC Corporation) -680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above, DIC Corporation), EOCN-1020 (above, Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc. ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, EP-4085S, EP-4088S (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation) Celoxide 2021P, Celoxide 2081, Celoxide 2083, Celoxide 2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, PB Chemical 4700 and above Kogyo Co., Ltd.), Denacol EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (above, manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation). In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, EP-4003S, EP-4010S, EP-4010S, EP-4011S (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), JER1031S (manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 側鎖にオキセタニル基を有するポリマー、および上述の分子内に2個以上のオキセタニル基を有する重合性モノマーまたはオリゴマーの具体例としては、アロンオキセタンOXT-121、OXT-221、OX-SQ、PNOX(以上、東亞合成(株)製)を用いることができる。 Specific examples of the polymer having an oxetanyl group in the side chain and the polymerizable monomer or oligomer having two or more oxetanyl groups in the molecule include Aronoxetane OXT-121, OXT-221, OX-SQ, PNOX ( As described above, Toagosei Co., Ltd.) can be used.
 ポリマー側鎖へ導入して合成する場合、導入反応は、例えばトリエチルアミン、ベンジルメチルアミン等の3級アミン、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラエチルアンモニウムクロライド、等の4級アンモニウム塩、ピリジン、トリフェニルフォスフィン等を触媒として有機溶剤中、反応温度50~150℃で数~数十時間反応させることにより行える。脂環式エポキシ不飽和化合物の導入量は得られるポリマーの酸価が5~200KOH・mg/gを満たす範囲になるように制御すると好ましい。また、分子量は重量平均で500~5000000、更には1000~500000の範囲が好ましい。
 エポキシ不飽和化合物としてはグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートやアリルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基としてグリシジル基を有するものも使用可能であるが、好ましいものは脂環式エポキシ基を有する不飽和化合物である。このようなものとしては例えば以下の化合物を例示することができる。
In the case of synthesizing by introducing into a polymer side chain, for example, the introduction reaction includes tertiary amines such as triethylamine and benzylmethylamine, quaternary ammonium salts such as dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, tetraethylammonium chloride, pyridine, The reaction can be carried out in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50 to 150 ° C. for several to several tens of hours using triphenylphosphine as a catalyst. The amount of the alicyclic epoxy unsaturated compound introduced is preferably controlled so that the acid value of the obtained polymer is in a range satisfying 5 to 200 KOH · mg / g. The molecular weight is preferably in the range of 500 to 5000000, more preferably 1000 to 500000 on a weight average.
As the epoxy unsaturated compound, those having a glycidyl group as an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate and allyl glycidyl ether can be used, but preferred are unsaturated compounds having an alicyclic epoxy group. Examples of such compounds include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 これらの重合性化合物について、その構造、単独使用か併用か、添加量等の使用方法の詳細は、近赤外線吸収性組成物の最終的な性能設計にあわせて任意に設定できる。例えば、感度の観点では、1分子あたりの不飽和基含量が多い構造が好ましく、多くの場合は2官能以上が好ましい。また、近赤外線カットフィルタの強度を高める観点では、3官能以上のものがよく、更に、異なる官能数・異なる重合性基(例えばアクリル酸エステル、メタクリル酸エステル、スチレン系化合物、ビニルエーテル系化合物)のものを併用することで、感度と強度の両方を調節する方法も有効である。また、近赤外線吸収性組成物に含有される他の成分(例えば、金属酸化物、色素、重合開始剤)との相溶性、分散性に対しても、重合性化合物の選択・使用法は重要な要因であり、例えば、低純度化合物の使用や2種以上の併用により相溶性を向上させうることがある。また、支持体などの硬質表面との密着性を向上させる観点で特定の構造を選択することもあり得る。 The details of the use method such as the structure, single use or combined use, and addition amount of these polymerizable compounds can be arbitrarily set in accordance with the final performance design of the near-infrared absorbing composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, a structure having a high unsaturated group content per molecule is preferable, and in many cases, a bifunctional or higher functionality is preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of increasing the strength of the near infrared cut filter, those having three or more functionalities are preferable. Further, different functional numbers / different polymerizable groups (for example, acrylic acid esters, methacrylic acid esters, styrene compounds, vinyl ether compounds). A method of adjusting both sensitivity and intensity by using a combination of these materials is also effective. In addition, selection and use of polymerizable compounds are important for compatibility and dispersibility with other components (eg, metal oxides, dyes, polymerization initiators) contained in the near-infrared absorbing composition. For example, the compatibility may be improved by using a low-purity compound or using two or more kinds in combination. In addition, a specific structure may be selected from the viewpoint of improving adhesion to a hard surface such as a support.
 本発明の組成物へ重合性化合物の添加量は、溶剤を除いた全固形分に対して1~80質量%、より好ましくは15~70質量%、特に好ましくは20~60質量%の範囲で添加するのが好ましい。
 重合性化合物は、1種類のみでも、2種類以上でもよく、2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。
The amount of the polymerizable compound added to the composition of the present invention is in the range of 1 to 80% by mass, more preferably 15 to 70% by mass, particularly preferably 20 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content excluding the solvent. It is preferable to add.
Only one type of polymerizable compound or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the above range.
<バインダーポリマー>
 本発明においては、皮膜特性向上などの目的で、必要に応じて、上記重合性化合物に加えて、さらにバインダーポリマーを含むことができる。バインダーポリマーとしては、アルカリ可溶樹脂が好ましく用いられる。アルカリ可溶性樹脂を含有することにより、耐熱性などの向上や、塗布適正の微調整に効果がある。
<Binder polymer>
In the present invention, a binder polymer can be further contained in addition to the polymerizable compound as necessary for the purpose of improving the film properties. As the binder polymer, an alkali-soluble resin is preferably used. By containing an alkali-soluble resin, there is an effect in improving heat resistance and fine adjustment of coating properness.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、線状有機高分子重合体であって、分子(好ましくは、アクリル系共重合体、スチレン系共重合体を主鎖とする分子)中に少なくとも1つのアルカリ可溶性を促進する基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂の中から適宜選択することができる。耐熱性の観点からは、ポリヒドロキシスチレン系樹脂、ポリシロキサン系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましく、現像性制御の観点からは、アクリル系樹脂、アクリルアミド系樹脂、アクリル/アクリルアミド共重合体樹脂が好ましい。
 アルカリ可溶性を促進する基(以下、酸基ともいう)としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホン酸基、フェノール性水酸基などが挙げられるが、有機溶剤に可溶で弱アルカリ水溶液により現像可能なものが好ましく、(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましいものとして挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。
 前記重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマーとしては、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有するモノマー、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ基を有するモノマー、2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のイソシアネート基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。これら酸基を導入するための単量体は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。アルカリ可溶性バインダーに酸基を導入するには、例えば、酸基を有するモノマーおよび/または重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマー(以下「酸基を導入するための単量体」と称することもある。)を、単量体成分として重合するようにすればよい。 なお、重合後に酸基を付与しうるモノマーを単量体成分として酸基を導入する場合には、重合後に例えば後述するような酸基を付与するための処理が必要となる。
The alkali-soluble resin is a linear organic polymer, and promotes at least one alkali-solubility in a molecule (preferably a molecule having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). It can be suitably selected from alkali-soluble resins having a group. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, polyhydroxystyrene resins, polysiloxane resins, acrylic resins, acrylamide resins, and acryl / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferable. From the viewpoint of development control, acrylic resins and acrylamide resins are preferable. Resins and acrylic / acrylamide copolymer resins are preferred.
Examples of the group that promotes alkali solubility (hereinafter also referred to as an acid group) include a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. The group is soluble in an organic solvent and developed with a weak alkaline aqueous solution. Possible are preferable, and (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable. These acid groups may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Examples of the monomer capable of imparting an acid group after the polymerization include a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and 2-isocyanatoethyl (methacrylate). ) Monomers having an isocyanate group such as acrylate. These monomers for introducing an acid group may be only one type or two or more types. In order to introduce an acid group into an alkali-soluble binder, for example, a monomer having an acid group and / or a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “monomer for introducing an acid group”) .) May be polymerized as a monomer component. In addition, when introducing an acid group using a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization as a monomer component, for example, a treatment for imparting an acid group as described later is required after the polymerization.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の製造には、例えば、公知のラジカル重合法による方法を適用することができる。ラジカル重合法でアルカリ可溶性樹脂を製造する際の温度、圧力、ラジカル開始剤の種類及びその量、溶剤の種類等々の重合条件は、当業者において容易に設定可能であり、実験的に条件を定めるようにすることもできる。 For the production of the alkali-soluble resin, for example, a known radical polymerization method can be applied. Polymerization conditions such as temperature, pressure, type and amount of radical initiator, type of solvent, etc. when producing an alkali-soluble resin by radical polymerization can be easily set by those skilled in the art, and experimental conditions are determined. It can also be done.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いられる線状有機高分子重合体としては、側鎖にカルボン酸を有するポリマーが好ましく、メタクリル酸共重合体、アクリル酸共重合体、イタコン酸共重合体、クロトン酸共重合体、マレイン酸共重合体、部分エステル化マレイン酸共重合体、ノボラック型樹脂などのアルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂等、並びに側鎖にカルボン酸を有する酸性セルロース誘導体、水酸基を有するポリマーに酸無水物を付加させたもの挙げられる。特に、(メタ)アクリル酸と、これと共重合可能な他の単量体との共重合体が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として好適である。(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他の単量体としては、アルキル(メタ)アクリレート、アリール(メタ)アクリレート、ビニル化合物などが挙げられる。アルキル(メタ)アクリレート及びアリール(メタ)アクリレートとしては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、プロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート等、ビニル化合物としては、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、グリシジルメタクリレート、アクリロニトリル、ビニルアセテート、N-ビニルピロリドン、テトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレート、ポリスチレンマクロモノマー、ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー等、特開平10-300922号公報に記載のN位置換マレイミドモノマーとして、N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等を挙げることができる。なお、これらの(メタ)アクリル酸と共重合可能な他の単量体は1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。 As the linear organic polymer used as the alkali-soluble resin, a polymer having a carboxylic acid in the side chain is preferable, such as a methacrylic acid copolymer, an acrylic acid copolymer, an itaconic acid copolymer, and a crotonic acid copolymer. , Maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, alkali-soluble phenolic resins such as novolak resins, etc., acid cellulose derivatives having a carboxylic acid in the side chain, and acid anhydrides added to polymers having a hydroxyl group. Can be mentioned. In particular, a copolymer of (meth) acrylic acid and another monomer copolymerizable therewith is suitable as the alkali-soluble resin. Examples of other monomers copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid include alkyl (meth) acrylates, aryl (meth) acrylates, and vinyl compounds. As alkyl (meth) acrylate and aryl (meth) acrylate, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, propyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, Examples of vinyl compounds such as hexyl (meth) acrylate, octyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tolyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, glycidyl methacrylate, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate, polystyrene macro Examples of N-substituted maleimide monomers described in JP-A-10-300922 such as monomers and polymethylmethacrylate macromonomers include N-phenylmaleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide. In addition, only 1 type may be sufficient as the other monomer copolymerizable with these (meth) acrylic acids, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、下記一般式(ED)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(式(ED)中、R1およびR2は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子または置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基を表す。)で示される化合物(以下「エーテルダイマー」と称することもある。)を必須とする単量体成分を重合してなるポリマー(a)を、必須成分であるポリマー成分(A)として含むことも好ましい。これにより、本発明の組成物は、耐熱性とともに透明性にも極めて優れた硬化塗膜を形成しうる。前記エーテルダイマーを示す前記一般式(1)中、R1およびR2で表される置換基を有していてもよい炭素数1~25の炭化水素基としては、特に制限はないが、例えば、メチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、n-ブチル、イソブチル、t-ブチル、t-アミル、ステアリル、ラウリル、2-エチルヘキシル等の直鎖状または分岐状のアルキル基;フェニル等のアリール基;シクロヘキシル、t-ブチルシクロヘキシル、ジシクロペンタジエニル、トリシクロデカニル、イソボルニル、アダマンチル、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル等の脂環式基;1-メトキシエチル、1-エトキシエチル等のアルコキシで置換されたアルキル基;ベンジル等のアリール基で置換されたアルキル基;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、メチル、エチル、シクロヘキシル、ベンジル等のような酸や熱で脱離しにくい1級または2級炭素の置換基が耐熱性の点で好ましい。
As an alkali-soluble resin, the following general formula (ED)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
(In the formula (ED), R 1 and R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent) It is also preferable that the polymer (a) obtained by polymerizing the monomer component essential to “ether dimer”) is contained as the essential polymer component (A). Thereby, the composition of this invention can form the cured coating film which was very excellent also in heat resistance and transparency. In the general formula (1) showing the ether dimer, the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms which may have a substituent represented by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited. Linear or branched alkyl groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-amyl, stearyl, lauryl, 2-ethylhexyl; aryl groups such as phenyl; Alicyclic groups such as cyclohexyl, t-butylcyclohexyl, dicyclopentadienyl, tricyclodecanyl, isobornyl, adamantyl, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl; substituted with alkoxy such as 1-methoxyethyl, 1-ethoxyethyl An alkyl group substituted with an aryl group such as benzyl; and the like. Among these, an acid such as methyl, ethyl, cyclohexyl, benzyl or the like, or a primary or secondary carbon substituent which is difficult to be removed by heat is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
 前記エーテルダイマーの具体例としては、例えば、ジメチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(n-プロピル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソプロピル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(n-ブチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソブチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(t-ブチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(t-アミル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ステアリル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ラウリル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(2-エチルヘキシル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(1-メトキシエチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(1-エトキシエチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジフェニル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(t-ブチルシクロヘキシル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(ジシクロペンタジエニル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(トリシクロデカニル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(イソボルニル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジアダマンチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジ(2-メチル-2-アダマンチル)-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、ジメチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジエチル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジシクロヘキシル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート、ジベンジル-2,2'-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエートが好ましい。これらエーテルダイマーは、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。前記一般式(ED)で示される化合物由来の構造体は、その他の単量体を共重合させてもよい。 Specific examples of the ether dimer include dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, (N-propyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isopropyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (n-butyl) ) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobutyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-butyl) -2, 2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-amyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, (Stearyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (lauryl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (2-ethylhexyl)- 2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (1-methoxyethyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (1-ethoxyethyl)- 2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diphenyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis -2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (t-butylcyclohexyl) -2,2 '-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (dicyclopentadienyl) -2,2'-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (tricyclodecanyl) ) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, di (isobornyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diadamantyl-2,2 ′-[ And oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and di (2-methyl-2-adamantyl) -2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate. Among these, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, diethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate, dicyclohexyl-2,2′- [Oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate and dibenzyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate are preferred. These ether dimers may be only one kind or two or more kinds. The structure derived from the compound represented by the general formula (ED) may be copolymerized with other monomers.
 本発明では、エーテルダイマー由来の構成単位が全体の1~50モル%であることが好ましく、1~20モル%であることがより好ましい。 In the present invention, the constitutional unit derived from the ether dimer is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 1 to 20 mol% of the whole.
 エーテルダイマーと共に、その他の単量体を共重合させてもよい。
 エーテルダイマーと共に共重合しうるその他の単量体としては、例えば、酸基を導入するための単量体、ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体、エポキシ基を導入するための単量体、及び、これら以外の他の共重合可能な単量体が挙げられる。このような単量体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を用いてもよい。
Other monomers may be copolymerized with the ether dimer.
Other monomers that can be copolymerized with the ether dimer include, for example, a monomer for introducing an acid group, a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond, and an epoxy group. Monomers and other copolymerizable monomers other than these may be mentioned. Only 1 type may be used for such a monomer and it may use 2 or more types.
 酸基を導入するための単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸やイタコン酸等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマー、N-ヒドロキシフェニルマレイミド等のフェノール性水酸基を有するモノマー、無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸無水物基を有するモノマー等が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、(メタ)アクリル酸が好ましい。
 また、酸基を導入するための単量体は、重合後に酸基を付与しうる単量体であってもよく、例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基を有する単量体、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等のエポキシ基を有する単量体、2-イソシアナートエチル(メタ)アクリレート等のイソシアネート基を有する単量体等が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体を用いる場合、重合後に酸基を付与しうる単量体を用いる場合、重合後に酸基を付与する処理を行う必要がある。重合後に酸基を付与する処理は、単量体の種類によって異なり、例えば、次の処理が挙げられる。水酸基を有する単量体を用いる場合であれば、例えば、コハク酸無水物、テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、マレイン酸無水物等の酸無水物を付加させる処理が挙げられる。エポキシ基を有する単量体を用いる場合であれば、例えば、N-メチルアミノ安息香酸、N-メチルアミノフェノール等のアミノ基と酸基を有する化合物を付加させか、又は、例えば(メタ)アクリル酸のような酸を付加させた後に生じた水酸基に、例えば、コハク酸無水物、テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、マレイン酸無水物等の酸無水物を付加させる処理が挙げられる。イソシアネート基を有する単量体を用いる場合であれば、例えば、2-ヒドロキシ酪酸等の水酸基と酸基を有する化合物を付加させる処理が挙げられる。
Examples of the monomer for introducing an acid group include monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid, monomers having a phenolic hydroxyl group such as N-hydroxyphenylmaleimide, maleic anhydride, and anhydride. And monomers having a carboxylic anhydride group such as itaconic acid. Among these, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable.
The monomer for introducing an acid group may be a monomer that can give an acid group after polymerization, such as a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, Examples thereof include monomers having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and monomers having an isocyanate group such as 2-isocyanatoethyl (meth) acrylate. When using a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond, when using a monomer capable of imparting an acid group after polymerization, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting an acid group after polymerization. The treatment for adding an acid group after polymerization varies depending on the type of monomer, and examples thereof include the following treatment. In the case of using a monomer having a hydroxyl group, for example, a treatment of adding an acid anhydride such as succinic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, maleic anhydride or the like can be mentioned. In the case of using a monomer having an epoxy group, for example, a compound having an amino group and an acid group such as N-methylaminobenzoic acid or N-methylaminophenol is added, or, for example, (meth) acrylic For example, a treatment of adding an acid anhydride such as succinic acid anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic acid anhydride, maleic acid anhydride to the hydroxyl group generated after adding an acid such as an acid can be mentioned. In the case of using a monomer having an isocyanate group, for example, a treatment of adding a compound having a hydroxyl group and an acid group such as 2-hydroxybutyric acid can be mentioned.
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体が、酸基を導入するための単量体を含む場合、その含有割合は、特に制限されないが、全単量体成分中、5~70質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~60質量%である。 When the polymer formed by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) contains a monomer for introducing an acid group, the content ratio is not particularly limited, In the monomer component, the content is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
 ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体としては、例えば、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、イタコン酸等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマー;無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸無水物基を有するモノマー;グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基を有するモノマー;等が挙げられる。ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体を用いる場合、重合後にラジカル重合性二重結合を付与するための処理を行う必要がある。重合後にラジカル重合性二重結合を付与するための処理は、用いるラジカル重合性二重結合を付与しうるモノマーの種類によって異なり、例えば、次の処理が挙げられる。(メタ)アクリル酸やイタコン酸等のカルボキシル基を有するモノマーを用いる場合であれば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基とラジカル重合性二重結合とを有する化合物を付加させる処理が挙げられる。無水マレイン酸や無水イタコン酸等のカルボン酸無水物基を有するモノマーを用いる場合であれば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート等の水酸基とラジカル重合性二重結合とを有する化合物を付加させる処理が挙げられる。グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ基を有するモノマーを用いる場合であれば、(メタ)アクリル酸等の酸基とラジカル重合性二重結合とを有する化合物を付加させる処理が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond include, for example, monomers having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid and itaconic acid; carboxylic acid anhydrides such as maleic anhydride and itaconic anhydride Monomers having a group; monomers having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether; . When using a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond, it is necessary to perform a treatment for imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization. The treatment for imparting a radical polymerizable double bond after polymerization differs depending on the type of monomer that can impart a radical polymerizable double bond to be used, and examples thereof include the following treatment. When a monomer having a carboxyl group such as (meth) acrylic acid or itaconic acid is used, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p- ) Treatment of adding a compound having an epoxy group such as vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether and a radically polymerizable double bond. When using a monomer having a carboxylic acid anhydride group such as maleic anhydride or itaconic anhydride, a treatment for adding a compound having a hydroxyl group and a radical polymerizable double bond such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate Is mentioned. If a monomer having an epoxy group such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether is used, (meth) The process which adds the compound which has acid groups, such as acrylic acid, and a radically polymerizable double bond is mentioned.
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体が、ラジカル重合性二重結合を導入するための単量体を含む場合、その含有割合は、特に制限されないが、全単量体成分中、5~70質量量%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~60質量%である。 When the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) contains a monomer for introducing a radical polymerizable double bond, the content ratio is particularly limited. However, it is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass in the total monomer components.
 エポキシ基を導入するための単量体としては、例えば、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、o-(またはm-、またはp-)ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル等が挙げられる。
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体が、エポキシ基を導入するための単量体を含む場合、その含有割合は、特に制限されないが、全単量体成分中、5~70質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは10~60質量%である。
Examples of the monomer for introducing an epoxy group include glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, o- (or m-, or p-) vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, and the like. Can be mentioned.
When the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) contains a monomer for introducing an epoxy group, the content ratio is not particularly limited, In the monomer component, the content is preferably 5 to 70% by mass, more preferably 10 to 60% by mass.
 他の共重合可能な単量体としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸t-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル類;スチレン、ビニルトルエン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物;N-フェニルマレイミド、N-シクロヘキシルマレイミド等のN-置換マレイミド類;ブタジエン、イソプレン等のブタジエンまたは置換ブタジエン化合物;エチレン、プロピレン、塩化ビニル、アクリロニトリル等のエチレンまたは置換エチレン化合物;酢酸ビニル等のビニルエステル類;等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸シクロヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル、スチレンが、透明性が良好で、耐熱性を損ないにくい点で好ましい。 Other copolymerizable monomers include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n (meth) acrylate -Butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, t-butyl (meth) acrylate, methyl 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (meth) acrylic acid 2- (Meth) acrylic acid esters such as hydroxyethyl; aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene, vinyltoluene and α-methylstyrene; N-substituted maleimides such as N-phenylmaleimide and N-cyclohexylmaleimide; butadiene, isoprene and the like Butadiene or substituted butadiene compounds; ethylene, propylene, vinyl chloride , Ethylene or substituted ethylene compound such as acrylonitrile, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate; and the like. Among these, methyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, and styrene are preferable in terms of good transparency and resistance to heat resistance.
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体が、他の共重合可能な単量体を含む場合、その含有割合は特に制限されないが、95質量%以下が好ましく、85質量%以下であるのがより好ましい。 When the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) contains another copolymerizable monomer, the content ratio is not particularly limited, but is 95% by mass. The following is preferable, and it is more preferable that it is 85 mass% or less.
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体の重量平均分子量は、特に制限されないが、着色感放射線性組成物の粘度、及び該組成物により形成される塗膜の耐熱性の観点から、好ましくは2000~200000、より好ましくは5000~100000であり、更に好ましくは5000~20000である。
 また、一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体が酸基を有する場合には、酸価が、好ましくは30~500mgKOH/g、より好ましくは50~400mgKOH/gであるのがよい。
The weight average molecular weight of the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) is not particularly limited, but is formed by the viscosity of the colored radiation-sensitive composition and the composition. From the viewpoint of heat resistance of the coating film, it is preferably 2000 to 200000, more preferably 5000 to 100,000, and still more preferably 5000 to 20000.
When the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) has an acid group, the acid value is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 It should be ˜400 mg KOH / g.
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体は、少なくとも、エーテルダイマーを必須とする前記の単量体を重合することにより、容易に得ることができる。このとき、重合と同時にエーテルダイマーの環化反応が進行してテトラヒドロピラン環構造が形成される。
 一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体の合成に適用される重合方法としては、特に制限はなく、従来公知の各種重合方法を採用することができるが、特に、溶液重合法によることが好ましい。詳細には、例えば、特開204-300204号公報に記載されるポリマー(a)の合成方法に準じて、一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体を合成することができる
A polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a compound represented by the general formula (ED) can be easily obtained by polymerizing at least the above-mentioned monomer essentially containing an ether dimer. . At this time, the cyclization reaction of the ether dimer proceeds simultaneously with the polymerization to form a tetrahydropyran ring structure.
The polymerization method applied to the synthesis of the polymer obtained by polymerizing the monomer component containing the compound represented by the general formula (ED) is not particularly limited, and various conventionally known polymerization methods can be adopted. However, it is particularly preferable to use a solution polymerization method. Specifically, for example, in accordance with the method for synthesizing the polymer (a) described in JP-A-204-300204, a polymer formed by polymerizing a monomer component containing a compound represented by the general formula (ED) Can combine
 以下、一般式(ED)で表される化合物を含む単量体成分を重合してなる重合体の例示化合物を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。下記に示す例示化合物の組成比はモル%である。 Hereinafter, exemplary compounds of a polymer obtained by polymerizing a monomer component containing a compound represented by the general formula (ED) are shown, but the present invention is not limited to these. The composition ratio of the exemplary compounds shown below is mol%.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
 本発明では特に、ジメチル-2,2’-[オキシビス(メチレン)]ビス-2-プロペノエート(以下「DM」と称する)、ベンジルメタクリレート(以下「BzMA」と称する)、メタクリル酸メチル(以下「MMA」と称する)、メタクリル酸(以下「MAA」と称する)、グリシジルメタクリレート(以下「GMA」と称する)を共重合させた重合体が好ましい。特に、DM:BzMA:MMA:MAA:GMAのモル比が5~15:40~50:5~15:5~15:20~30であることが好ましい。本発明で用いる共重合体を構成する成分の95質量%以上がこれらの成分であることが好ましい。また、かかる重合体の重量平均分子量は9000~20000であることが好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
In the present invention, in particular, dimethyl-2,2 ′-[oxybis (methylene)] bis-2-propenoate (hereinafter referred to as “DM”), benzyl methacrylate (hereinafter referred to as “BzMA”), methyl methacrylate (hereinafter referred to as “MMA”). ), Methacrylic acid (hereinafter referred to as “MAA”), and glycidyl methacrylate (hereinafter referred to as “GMA”). In particular, the molar ratio of DM: BzMA: MMA: MAA: GMA is preferably 5 to 15:40 to 50: 5 to 15: 5 to 15:20 to 30. It is preferable that 95% by mass or more of the components constituting the copolymer used in the present invention is these components. The weight average molecular weight of such a polymer is preferably 9000 to 20000.
 本発明では、アルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂も好ましく用いることができる。アルカリ可溶性フェノール樹脂としては、例えば、ノボラック樹脂、又はビニル重合体等が挙げられる。
 上記ノボラック樹脂としては、例えば、フェノール類とアルデヒド類とを酸触媒の存在下に縮合させて得られるものが挙げられる。上記フェノール類としては、例えば、フェノール、クレゾール、エチルフェノール、ブチルフェノール、キシレノール、フェニルフェノール、カテコール、レゾルシノール、ピロガロール、ナフトール、又はビスフェノールA等が挙げられる。
 上記アルデヒド類としては、例えば、ホルムアルデヒド、パラホルムアルデヒド、アセトアルデヒド、プロピオンアルデヒド、又はベンズアルデヒド等が挙げられる。
 上記フェノール類及びアルデヒド類は、単独若しくは2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。
In the present invention, an alkali-soluble phenol resin can also be preferably used. Examples of the alkali-soluble phenol resin include novolak resins and vinyl polymers.
Examples of the novolac resin include those obtained by condensing phenols and aldehydes in the presence of an acid catalyst. Examples of the phenols include phenol, cresol, ethylphenol, butylphenol, xylenol, phenylphenol, catechol, resorcinol, pyrogallol, naphthol, and bisphenol A.
Examples of the aldehydes include formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, acetaldehyde, propionaldehyde, and benzaldehyde.
The said phenols and aldehydes can be used individually or in combination of 2 or more types.
 上記ノボラック樹脂の具体例としては、例えば、メタクレゾール、パラクレゾール又はこれらの混合物とホルマリンとの縮合生成物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the novolak resin include, for example, a condensation product of metacresol, paracresol or a mixture thereof and formalin.
 上記ノボラック樹脂は分別等の手段を用いて分子量分布を調節してもよい。又、ビスフェノールCやビスフェノールA等のフェノール系水酸基を有する低分子量成分を上記ノボラック樹脂に混合してもよい。 The molecular weight distribution of the novolak resin may be adjusted using a means such as fractionation. Moreover, you may mix the low molecular weight component which has phenolic hydroxyl groups, such as bisphenol C and bisphenol A, with the said novolak resin.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、特に、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体やベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/他ノモノマーからなる多元共重合体が好適である。この他、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートを共重合したもの、特開平7-140654号公報に記載の、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシ-3-フェノキシプロピルアクリレート/ポリメチルメタクリレートマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/メチルメタクリレート/メタクリル酸共重合体、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート/ポリスチレンマクロモノマー/ベンジルメタクレート/メタクリル酸共重合体などが挙げられる。 As the alkali-soluble resin, in particular, a benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer and a multi-component copolymer composed of benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / other monomers are suitable. In addition, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymerized, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer described in JP-A-7-140654, 2-hydroxy -3-phenoxypropyl acrylate / polymethyl methacrylate macromonomer / benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / methyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate / polystyrene macromonomer / Benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid copolymer.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の酸価としては好ましくは30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g、より好ましくは50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、70~120mgKOH/gであることが最も好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)としては、2,000~50,000が好ましく、5,000~30,000がさらに好ましく、7,000~20,000が最も好ましい。
The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 30 mgKOH / g to 200 mgKOH / g, more preferably 50 mgKOH / g to 150 mgKOH / g, and most preferably 70 to 120 mgKOH / g.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 30,000, and most preferably 7,000 to 20,000.
 本発明におけるバインダーポリマーの含有量は、組成物の全固形分中に対して、1質量%~80質量%であることが好ましく、10質量%~70質量%であることがより好ましく、20~60質量%であることがさらに好ましい。 The content of the binder polymer in the present invention is preferably 1% by mass to 80% by mass, more preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% by mass to the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, it is 60 mass%.
<溶剤>
 本発明の組成物は、溶剤を含むことが好ましい。溶剤は1種類のみでも、2種類以上でもよく、2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。溶剤は、組成物に対し10~65質量%の割合で含むことが好ましく、組成物に対し20~65質量%含まれることがより好ましく、30~65質量%含まれることが特に好ましい。
 本発明で用いられる溶剤は、特に制限はなく、本発明の組成物の各成分を均一に溶解或いは分散しうるものであれば、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、
 アルコール類として、例えば、メタノール、エタノール、n-プロパノール、イソプロパノール、n-ブタノール、sec-ブタノール、n-ヘキサノール等、並びに、
 ケトン類として、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等、並びに、
 エステル類として、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸-n-ブチル、酢酸-n-アミル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸アミル、酢酸イソアミル、酢酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、フタル酸ジメチル、安息香酸エチル、硫酸メチル、オキシ酢酸アルキル(例:オキシ酢酸メチル、オキシ酢酸エチル、オキシ酢酸ブチル(例えば、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル等))、3-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:3-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-オキシプロピオン酸エチル等(例えば、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル等))、2-オキシプロピオン酸アルキルエステル類(例:2-オキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-オキシプロピオン酸プロピル等(例えば、2-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2-メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル))、2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル及び2-オキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル(例えば、2-メトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2-エトキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル等)、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸メチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等、並びに、
 エーテル類として、例えば、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、メチルセロソルブアセテート、エチルセロソルブアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート等、並びに、
 芳香族炭化水素類として、例えば、トルエン、キシレン、ベンゼン、エチルベンゼン等、並びに、
 ハロゲン化炭化水素類として、例えば、四塩化炭素、トリクロロエチレン、クロロホルム、1,1,1-トリクロロエタン、塩化メチレン、モノクロロベンゼン等、並びに、
ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド、ジメチルスルホオキサイド、スルホラン等が好適に挙げられる。これらは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を併用してもよい。この場合、特に好ましくは、上記の3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、及びプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートから選択される2種以上で構成される混合溶液である。
<Solvent>
The composition of the present invention preferably contains a solvent. Only one type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the above range. The solvent is preferably contained in a proportion of 10 to 65% by mass with respect to the composition, more preferably 20 to 65% by mass, and particularly preferably 30 to 65% by mass with respect to the composition.
The solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the purpose as long as it can uniformly dissolve or disperse each component of the composition of the present invention.
Examples of alcohols include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, sec-butanol, n-hexanol, and the like,
Examples of ketones include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, and the like,
Examples of esters include ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, acetic acid n-amyl, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, ethyl propionate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, Methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, dimethyl phthalate, ethyl benzoate, methyl sulfate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg, methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, ethoxy Methyl acetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), 3-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 3-oxypropionate, ethyl 3-oxypropionate, etc. (eg, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3-methoxypropionic acid) Ethyl, 3-etho Methyl cypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, etc.), 2-oxypropionic acid alkyl esters (eg, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. Methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate)), methyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate and 2- Ethyl oxy-2-methylpropionate (eg, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc.), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate , Ethyl acetoacetate, 2-oxobut Methyl phosphate, ethyl and 2-oxobutanoate, and,
Examples of ethers include diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, diethyl ether, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether. Butyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, and the like,
As aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, toluene, xylene, benzene, ethylbenzene, etc., and
Examples of halogenated hydrocarbons include carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, chloroform, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, methylene chloride, monochlorobenzene, and the like, and
Preferable examples include dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, dimethylsulfoxide, sulfolane and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In this case, particularly preferably, the above-mentioned methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl It is a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate.
<重合開始剤>
 本発明の組成物は、重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。重合開始剤は1種類のみでも、2種類以上でもよく、2種類以上の場合は、合計量が上記範囲となる。0.01質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.1質量%~20質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~15質量%が特に好ましい。
 重合開始剤としては、光、熱のいずれか或いはその双方により重合性化合物の重合を開始する能力を有する限り、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、光重合性化合物であることが好ましい。光で重合を開始させる場合、紫外線領域から可視の光線に対して感光性を有するものが好ましい。
 また、熱で重合を開始させる場合には、150℃~250℃で分解する重合開始剤が好ましい。
<Polymerization initiator>
The composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiator. Only one type of polymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used, and in the case of two or more types, the total amount falls within the above range. 0.01 mass% to 30 mass% is preferable, 0.1 mass% to 20 mass% is more preferable, and 0.1 mass% to 15 mass% is particularly preferable.
The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of the polymerizable compound by light or heat, or both, and can be appropriately selected according to the purpose. It is preferable that When polymerization is initiated by light, those having photosensitivity to visible light from the ultraviolet region are preferred.
Further, when the polymerization is initiated by heat, a polymerization initiator that decomposes at 150 ° C. to 250 ° C. is preferable.
 本発明に用いうる重合開始剤としては、少なくとも芳香族基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、例えば、アシルホスフィン化合物、アセトフェノン系化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾインエーテル系化合物、ケタール誘導体化合物、チオキサントン化合物、オキシム化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、トリハロメチル化合物、アゾ化合物、有機過酸化物、ジアゾニウム化合物、ヨードニウム化合物、スルホニウム化合物、アジニウム化合物、ベンゾインエーテル系化合物、ケタール誘導体化合物、メタロセン化合物等のオニウム塩化合物、有機硼素塩化合物、ジスルホン化合物などが挙げられる。
 感度の観点から、オキシム化合物、アセトフェノン系化合物、α-アミノケトン化合物、トリハロメチル化合物、ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物、及び、チオール化合物が好ましい。
 以下、本発明に好適な重合開始剤の例を挙げるが、本発明はこれらに制限されるものではない。
The polymerization initiator that can be used in the present invention is preferably a compound having at least an aromatic group. For example, an acylphosphine compound, an acetophenone compound, an α-aminoketone compound, a benzophenone compound, a benzoin ether compound, a ketal derivative Compounds, thioxanthone compounds, oxime compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, azo compounds, organic peroxides, diazonium compounds, iodonium compounds, sulfonium compounds, azinium compounds, benzoin ether compounds, ketal derivative compounds, metallocene compounds, etc. Onium salt compounds, organoboron salt compounds, disulfone compounds, and the like.
From the viewpoint of sensitivity, oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, α-aminoketone compounds, trihalomethyl compounds, hexaarylbiimidazole compounds, and thiol compounds are preferred.
Examples of the polymerization initiator suitable for the present invention will be given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 アセトフェノン系化合物としては、具体的には、例えば、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、p-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、4’-イソプロピル-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオフェノン、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、2-トリル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパノン-1、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-[(4-メチルフェニル)メチル]-1-[4-(4-モルホリニル)フェニル]-1-ブタノン、及び、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オンなどが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the acetophenone compound include 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one, and p-dimethylaminoacetophenone. 4′-isopropyl-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propiophenone, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 2-tolyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2-morpholinopropanone-1,2-methyl -1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzi -2-Dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1,2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl ] 1-butanone and 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one.
 トリハロメチル化合物として、より好適には、すくなくとも一つのモノ、ジ、又はトリハロゲン置換メチル基がs-トリアジン環に結合したs-トリアジン誘導体、具体的には、例えば、2,4,6-トリス(モノクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(ジクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-メチル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2―n-プロピル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(α,α,β-トリクロロエチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-フェニル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(3,4-エポキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-クロロフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-〔1-(p-メトキシフェニル)-2,4-ブタジエニル〕-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-スチリル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-メトキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-i-プロピルオキシスチリル)-4、6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(p-トリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-ナトキシナフチル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-フェニルチオ-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-ベンジルチオ-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(ジブロモメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(トリブロモメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-メチル-4,6-ビス(トリブロモメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-メトキシ-4,6-ビス(トリブロモメチル)-s-トリアジン等が挙げられる。 More preferably, the trihalomethyl compound is an s-triazine derivative in which at least one mono, di, or trihalogen-substituted methyl group is bonded to the s-triazine ring, specifically, for example, 2,4,6-tris (Monochloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (dichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis (Trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-n-propyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (α, α, β-trichloroethyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) ) -S-triazine, 2-phenyl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-methoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trick) (Romethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (3,4-epoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (p-chlorophenyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl)- s-triazine, 2- [1- (p-methoxyphenyl) -2,4-butadienyl] -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-styryl-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -S-triazine, 2- (p-methoxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (pi-propyloxystyryl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl)- s-triazine, 2- (p-tolyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2- (4-natoxynaphthyl) -4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -S-triazine, 2-phenylthio-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2-benzylthio-4,6-bis (trichloromethyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (dibromo Methyl) -s-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (tribromomethyl) -s-triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis (tribromomethyl) -s-triazine, 2-methoxy-4,6 -Bis (tribromomethyl) -s-triazine and the like.
 ヘキサアリールビイミダゾール化合物としては、例えば、特公平6-29285号公報、米国特許第3,479,185号、同第4,311,783号、同第4,622,286号等の各明細書に記載の種々の化合物、具体的には、2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-ブロモフェニル))4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o,p-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-クロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラ(m-メトキシフェニル)ビイジダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o,o’-ジクロロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-ニトロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-メチルフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’-ビス(o-トリフルオロフェニル)-4,4’,5,5’-テトラフェニルビイミダゾール等が挙げられる。 Examples of hexaarylbiimidazole compounds include, for example, each specification such as JP-B-6-29285, US Pat. Nos. 3,479,185, 4,311,783, and 4,622,286. And, specifically, 2,2′-bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-bromophenyl) )) 4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o, p-dichlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2 ′ -Bis (o-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ', 5,5'-tetra (m-methoxyphenyl) biidazole, 2,2'-bis (o, o'-dichlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5 '-Tetraphenylbi Midazole, 2,2′-bis (o-nitrophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-methylphenyl) -4,4 ′, 5 Examples include 5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2′-bis (o-trifluorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole, and the like.
 オキシム化合物としては、J.C.S. Perkin II (1979)1653-1660、J.C.S. Perkin II (1979)156-162、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995)202-232、Journal of Applied Polymer Science(2012年)pp.725-731、特開2000-66385号公報記載の化合物、特開2000-80068号公報、特表2004-534797号公報記載の化合物、BASFジャパン社製 IRGACURE OXE 01(1.2-オクタンジオン,1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)])、IRGACURE OXE 02(エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)),2-(アセチルオキシイミノメチル)チオキサンテン-9-オン等が挙げられる。
 好ましくは更に、特開2007-231000公報、及び、特開2007-322744公報に記載される環状オキシム化合物に対しても好適に用いることができる。
 他にも、特開2007-269779公報に示される特定置換基を有するオキシム化合物や、特開2009-191061公報に示されるチオアリール基を有するオキシム化合物が挙げられる。
 具体的には、オキシム化合物としては、下記式(1)で表される化合物も好ましい。なお、オキシムのN-O結合が(E)体のオキシム化合物であっても、(Z)体のオキシム化合物であっても、(E)体と(Z)体との混合物であってもよい。
Examples of oxime compounds include J.M. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 1653-1660, J. MoI. C. S. Perkin II (1979) 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) 202-232, Journal of Applied Polymer Science (2012) pp. 725-731, compounds described in JP-A 2000-66385, compounds described in JP-A 2000-80068, JP-T 2004-534797, IRGACURE OXE 01 (1.2-octanedione, 1) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. -[4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)]), IRGACURE OXE 02 (ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] -, 1- (O-acetyloxime)), 2- (acetyloxyiminomethyl) thioxanthen-9-one and the like.
Preferably, it can also be suitably used for the cyclic oxime compounds described in JP-A-2007-231000 and JP-A-2007-322744.
In addition, an oxime compound having a specific substituent as disclosed in JP 2007-26997A and an oxime compound having a thioaryl group as disclosed in JP 2009-191061 A can be given.
Specifically, as the oxime compound, a compound represented by the following formula (1) is also preferable. The oxime N—O bond may be an (E) oxime compound, a (Z) oxime compound, or a mixture of (E) and (Z) isomers. .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
(式(1)中、R及びBは各々独立に一価の置換基を表し、Aは二価の有機基を表し、Arはアリール基を表す。)
 前記Rで表される一価の置換基としては、一価の非金属原子団であることが好ましい。前記一価の非金属原子団としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、複素環基、アルキルチオカルボニル基、アリールチオカルボニル基等が挙げられる。また、これらの基は、1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。また、前述した置換基は、更に他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。
 置換基としてはハロゲン原子、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基又はアリールオキシカルボニル基、アシルオキシ基、アシル基、アルキル基、アリール基等が挙げられる。
(In formula (1), R and B each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A represents a divalent organic group, and Ar represents an aryl group.)
The monovalent substituent represented by R is preferably a monovalent nonmetallic atomic group. Examples of the monovalent nonmetallic atomic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a heterocyclic group, an alkylthiocarbonyl group, and an arylthiocarbonyl group. Moreover, these groups may have one or more substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aryloxycarbonyl group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkyl group, and an aryl group.
 置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基としては、炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、オクダデシル基、イソプロピル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、1-エチルペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、トリフルオロメチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、フェナシル基、1-ナフトイルメチル基、2-ナフトイルメチル基、4-メチルスルファニルフェナシル基、4-フェニルスルファニルフェナシル基、4-ジメチルアミノフェナシル基、4-シアノフェナシル基、4-メチルフェナシル基、2-メチルフェナシル基、3-フルオロフェナシル基、3-トリフルオロメチルフェナシル基、及び、3-ニトロフェナシル基が例示できる。 The alkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, and a decyl group. , Dodecyl group, okdadecyl group, isopropyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, 1-ethylpentyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, trifluoromethyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, phenacyl group, 1- Naphthoylmethyl group, 2-naphthoylmethyl group, 4-methylsulfanylphenacyl group, 4-phenylsulfanylphenacyl group, 4-dimethylaminophenacyl group, 4-cyanophenacyl group, 4-methylphenacyl group, 2- Methylphenacyl group, 3-fluorophenacyl group, 3-trifluoromethylphenacyl group, Beauty, 3 Nitorofenashiru group can be exemplified.
 置換基を有していてもよいアリール基としては、炭素数6~30のアリール基が好ましく、具体的には、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基、9-アンスリル基、9-フェナントリル基、1-ピレニル基、5-ナフタセニル基、1-インデニル基、2-アズレニル基、9-フルオレニル基、ターフェニル基、クオーターフェニル基、o-、m-及びp-トリル基、キシリル基、o-、m-及びp-クメニル基、メシチル基、ペンタレニル基、ビナフタレニル基、ターナフタレニル基、クオーターナフタレニル基、ヘプタレニル基、ビフェニレニル基、インダセニル基、フルオランテニル基、アセナフチレニル基、アセアントリレニル基、フェナレニル基、フルオレニル基、アントリル基、ビアントラセニル基、ターアントラセニル基、クオーターアントラセニル基、アントラキノリル基、フェナントリル基、トリフェニレニル基、ピレニル基、クリセニル基、ナフタセニル基、プレイアデニル基、ピセニル基、ペリレニル基、ペンタフェニル基、ペンタセニル基、テトラフェニレニル基、ヘキサフェニル基、ヘキサセニル基、ルビセニル基、コロネニル基、トリナフチレニル基、ヘプタフェニル基、ヘプタセニル基、ピラントレニル基、並びに、オバレニル基が例示できる。 The aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, and a 9-anthryl group. 9-phenanthryl group, 1-pyrenyl group, 5-naphthacenyl group, 1-indenyl group, 2-azurenyl group, 9-fluorenyl group, terphenyl group, quarterphenyl group, o-, m- and p-tolyl group, Xylyl group, o-, m- and p-cumenyl group, mesityl group, pentarenyl group, binaphthalenyl group, tarnaphthalenyl group, quarternaphthalenyl group, heptalenyl group, biphenylenyl group, indacenyl group, fluoranthenyl group, acenaphthylenyl group, ASEAN Trirenyl group, phenalenyl group, fluorenyl group, anthryl group, bianthracenyl group, Anthracenyl group, quarter anthracenyl group, anthraquinolyl group, phenanthryl group, triphenylenyl group, pyrenyl group, chrysenyl group, naphthacenyl group, preadenyl group, picenyl group, perylenyl group, pentaphenyl group, pentacenyl group, tetraphenylenyl group, Examples include a hexaphenyl group, a hexacenyl group, a rubicenyl group, a coronenyl group, a trinaphthylenyl group, a heptaphenyl group, a heptacenyl group, a pyranthrenyl group, and an ovalenyl group.
 置換基を有していてもよいアシル基としては、炭素数2~20のアシル基が好ましく、具体的には、アセチル基、プロパノイル基、ブタノイル基、トリフルオロアセチル基、ペンタノイル基、ベンゾイル基、1-ナフトイル基、2-ナフトイル基、4-メチルスルファニルベンゾイル基、4-フェニルスルファニルベンゾイル基、4-ジメチルアミノベンゾイル基、4-ジエチルアミノベンゾイル基、2-クロロベンゾイル基、2-メチルベンゾイル基、2-メトキシベンゾイル基、2-ブトキシベンゾイル基、3-クロロベンゾイル基、3-トリフルオロメチルベンゾイル基、3-シアノベンゾイル基、3-ニトロベンゾイル基、4-フルオロベンゾイル基、4-シアノベンゾイル基、及び、4-メトキシベンゾイル基が例示できる。 The acyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an acyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, specifically, an acetyl group, a propanoyl group, a butanoyl group, a trifluoroacetyl group, a pentanoyl group, a benzoyl group, 1-naphthoyl group, 2-naphthoyl group, 4-methylsulfanylbenzoyl group, 4-phenylsulfanylbenzoyl group, 4-dimethylaminobenzoyl group, 4-diethylaminobenzoyl group, 2-chlorobenzoyl group, 2-methylbenzoyl group, 2 -Methoxybenzoyl group, 2-butoxybenzoyl group, 3-chlorobenzoyl group, 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl group, 3-cyanobenzoyl group, 3-nitrobenzoyl group, 4-fluorobenzoyl group, 4-cyanobenzoyl group, and And 4-methoxybenzoyl group.
 置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシカルボニル基としては、炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基が好ましく、具体的には、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、プロポキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基、ヘキシルオキシカルボニル基、オクチルオキシカルボニル基、デシルオキシカルボニル基、オクタデシルオキシカルボニル基、及び、トリフルオロメチルオキシカルボニル基が例示できる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and specifically includes a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, a butoxycarbonyl group, a hexyloxy group. Examples thereof include a carbonyl group, an octyloxycarbonyl group, a decyloxycarbonyl group, an octadecyloxycarbonyl group, and a trifluoromethyloxycarbonyl group.
 置換基を有していてもよいアリールオキシカルボニル基として具体的には、フェノキシカルボニル基、1-ナフチルオキシカルボニル基、2-ナフチルオキシカルボニル基、4-メチルスルファニルフェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-フェニルスルファニルフェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-ジメチルアミノフェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-ジエチルアミノフェニルオキシカルボニル基、2-クロロフェニルオキシカルボニル基、2-メチルフェニルオキシカルボニル基、2-メトキシフェニルオキシカルボニル基、2-ブトキシフェニルオキシカルボニル基、3-クロロフェニルオキシカルボニル基、3-トリフルオロメチルフェニルオキシカルボニル基、3-シアノフェニルオキシカルボニル基、3-ニトロフェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-フルオロフェニルオキシカルボニル基、4-シアノフェニルオキシカルボニル基、及び、4-メトキシフェニルオキシカルボニル基が例示できる。 Specific examples of the aryloxycarbonyl group which may have a substituent include phenoxycarbonyl group, 1-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, 2-naphthyloxycarbonyl group, 4-methylsulfanylphenyloxycarbonyl group, and 4-phenylsulfanyl. Phenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-dimethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl group, 4-diethylaminophenyloxycarbonyl group, 2-chlorophenyloxycarbonyl group, 2-methylphenyloxycarbonyl group, 2-methoxyphenyloxycarbonyl group, 2-butoxyphenyloxy Carbonyl group, 3-chlorophenyloxycarbonyl group, 3-trifluoromethylphenyloxycarbonyl group, 3-cyanophenyloxycarbonyl group, 3-nitrophenyloxycarbonyl Group, 4-fluorophenyl oxycarbonyl group, 4-cyanophenyl oxycarbonyl group, and a 4-methoxy phenyloxy carbonyl group can be exemplified.
 置換基を有していてもよい複素環基としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子若しくはリン原子を含む、芳香族又は脂肪族の複素環が好ましい。
 具体的には、チエニル基、ベンゾ[b]チエニル基、ナフト[2,3-b]チエニル基、チアントレニル基、フリル基、ピラニル基、イソベンゾフラニル基、クロメニル基、キサンテニル基、フェノキサチイニル基、2H-ピロリル基、ピロリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピラゾリル基、ピリジル基、ピラジニル基、ピリミジニル基、ピリダジニル基、インドリジニル基、イソインドリル基、3H-インドリル基、インドリル基、1H-インダゾリル基、プリニル基、4H-キノリジニル基、イソキノリル基、キノリル基、フタラジニル基、ナフチリジニル基、キノキサニリル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、プテリジニル基、4aH-カルバゾリル基、カルバゾリル基、β-カルボリニル基、フェナントリジニル基、アクリジニル基、ペリミジニル基、フェナントロリニル基、フェナジニル基、フェナルサジニル基、イソチアゾリル基、フェノチアジニル基、イソキサゾリル基、フラザニル基、フェノキサジニル基、イソクロマニル基、クロマニル基、ピロリジニル基、ピロリニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、イミダゾリニル基、ピラゾリジニル基、ピラゾリニル基、ピペリジル基、ピペラジニル基、インドリニル基、イソインドリニル基、キヌクリジニル基、モルホリニル基、及び、チオキサントリル基が例示できる。
The heterocyclic group which may have a substituent is preferably an aromatic or aliphatic heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or a phosphorus atom.
Specifically, thienyl group, benzo [b] thienyl group, naphtho [2,3-b] thienyl group, thiantenyl group, furyl group, pyranyl group, isobenzofuranyl group, chromenyl group, xanthenyl group, phenoxathiyl Nyl group, 2H-pyrrolyl group, pyrrolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyrazolyl group, pyridyl group, pyrazinyl group, pyrimidinyl group, pyridazinyl group, indolizinyl group, isoindolyl group, 3H-indolyl group, indolyl group, 1H-indazolyl group, purinyl group 4H-quinolidinyl group, isoquinolyl group, quinolyl group, phthalazinyl group, naphthyridinyl group, quinoxanilyl group, quinazolinyl group, cinnolinyl group, pteridinyl group, 4aH-carbazolyl group, carbazolyl group, β-carbolinyl group, phenanthridinyl group, acridinyl group Group Midinyl group, phenanthrolinyl group, phenazinyl group, phenalsadinyl group, isothiazolyl group, phenothiazinyl group, isoxazolyl group, furazanyl group, phenoxazinyl group, isochromanyl group, chromanyl group, pyrrolidinyl group, pyrrolinyl group, imidazolidinyl group, imidazolinyl group, pyrazolidinyl group, pyrazolidinyl group Examples include a group, pyrazolinyl group, piperidyl group, piperazinyl group, indolinyl group, isoindolinyl group, quinuclidinyl group, morpholinyl group, and thioxanthryl group.
 置換基を有していてもよいアルキルチオカルボニル基として具体的には、メチルチオカルボニル基、プロピルチオカルボニル基、ブチルチオカルボニル基、ヘキシルチオカルボニル基、オクチルチオカルボニル基、デシルチオカルボニル基、オクタデシルチオカルボニル基、及び、トリフルオロメチルチオカルボニル基が例示できる。 Specific examples of the alkylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent include a methylthiocarbonyl group, a propylthiocarbonyl group, a butylthiocarbonyl group, a hexylthiocarbonyl group, an octylthiocarbonyl group, a decylthiocarbonyl group, and an octadecylthiocarbonyl group. Examples thereof include a group and a trifluoromethylthiocarbonyl group.
 置換基を有していてもよいアリールチオカルボニル基として具体的には、1-ナフチルチオカルボニル基、2-ナフチルチオカルボニル基、4-メチルスルファニルフェニルチオカルボニル基、4-フェニルスルファニルフェニルチオカルボニル基、4-ジメチルアミノフェニルチオカルボニル基、4-ジエチルアミノフェニルチオカルボニル基、2-クロロフェニルチオカルボニル基、2-メチルフェニルチオカルボニル基、2-メトキシフェニルチオカルボニル基、2-ブトキシフェニルチオカルボニル基、3-クロロフェニルチオカルボニル基、3-トリフルオロメチルフェニルチオカルボニル基、3-シアノフェニルチオカルボニル基、3-ニトロフェニルチオカルボニル基、4-フルオロフェニルチオカルボニル基、4-シアノフェニルチオカルボニル基、及び、4-メトキシフェニルチオカルボニル基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the arylthiocarbonyl group which may have a substituent include 1-naphthylthiocarbonyl group, 2-naphthylthiocarbonyl group, 4-methylsulfanylphenylthiocarbonyl group, 4-phenylsulfanylphenylthiocarbonyl group. 4-dimethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl group, 4-diethylaminophenylthiocarbonyl group, 2-chlorophenylthiocarbonyl group, 2-methylphenylthiocarbonyl group, 2-methoxyphenylthiocarbonyl group, 2-butoxyphenylthiocarbonyl group, 3 -Chlorophenylthiocarbonyl group, 3-trifluoromethylphenylthiocarbonyl group, 3-cyanophenylthiocarbonyl group, 3-nitrophenylthiocarbonyl group, 4-fluorophenylthiocarbonyl group, 4-cyano E D thiocarbonyl group, and include 4-methoxyphenyl thio group.
 前記Bで表される一価の置換基としては、アリール基、複素環基、アリールカルボニル基、又は、複素環カルボニル基を表す。また、これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。また、前述した置換基は、更に他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。 The monovalent substituent represented by B represents an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an arylcarbonyl group, or a heterocyclic carbonyl group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
 中でも、特に好ましくは以下に示す構造である。
 下記の構造中、Y、X、及び、nは、それぞれ、後述する式(2)におけるY、X、及び、nと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
Among them, the structure shown below is particularly preferable.
In the following structure, Y, X, and n have the same meanings as Y, X, and n in formula (2) described later, and preferred examples are also the same.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
 前記Aで表される二価の有機基としては、炭素数1~12のアルキレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アルキニレン基が挙げられる。また、これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。また、前述した置換基は、更に他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。
 中でも、Aとしては、感度を高め、加熱経時による着色を抑制する点から、無置換のアルキレン基、アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、tert-ブチル基、ドデシル基)で置換されたアルキレン基、アルケニル基(例えば、ビニル基、アリル基)で置換されたアルキレン基、アリール基(例えば、フェニル基、p-トリル基、キシリル基、クメニル基、ナフチル基、アンスリル基、フェナントリル基、スチリル基)で置換されたアルキレン基が好ましい。
Examples of the divalent organic group represented by A include an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a cyclohexylene group, and an alkynylene group. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
Among them, A is an alkylene substituted with an unsubstituted alkylene group or an alkyl group (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a tert-butyl group, or a dodecyl group) from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity and suppressing coloration due to heating. Group, alkylene group substituted with alkenyl group (for example, vinyl group, allyl group), aryl group (for example, phenyl group, p-tolyl group, xylyl group, cumenyl group, naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group, styryl group) An alkylene group substituted with
 前記Arで表されるアリール基としては、炭素数6~30のアリール基が好ましく、また、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、先に置換基を有していてもよいアリール基の具体例として挙げた置換アリール基に導入された置換基と同様のものが例示できる。
 中でも、感度を高め、加熱経時による着色を抑制する点から、置換又は無置換のフェニル基が好ましい。
The aryl group represented by Ar is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those introduced into the substituted aryl group mentioned above as specific examples of the aryl group which may have a substituent.
Of these, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity and suppressing coloring due to heating.
 式(1)においては、前記Arと隣接するSとで形成される「SAr」の構造が、以下に示す構造であることが感度の点で好ましい。なお、Meはメチル基を表し、Etはエチル基を表す。 In the formula (1), it is preferable in terms of sensitivity that the structure of “SAr” formed by the Ar and the adjacent S is the following structure. Me represents a methyl group, and Et represents an ethyl group.
 オキシム化合物は、下記式(2)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。 The oxime compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(式(2)中、R及びXは各々独立に一価の置換基を表し、A及びYは各々独立に二価の有機基を表し、Arはアリール基を表し、nは0~5の整数である。)
 式(2)におけるR、A、及びArは、前記式(1)におけるR、A、及びArと同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。
(In the formula (2), R and X each independently represent a monovalent substituent, A and Y each independently represent a divalent organic group, Ar represents an aryl group, and n represents 0-5. (It is an integer.)
R, A, and Ar in formula (2) have the same meanings as R, A, and Ar in formula (1), and preferred examples are also the same.
 前記Xで表される一価の置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アシルオキシ基、アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アミノ基、複素環基、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。また、これらの基は1以上の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、前述した置換基が例示できる。また、前述した置換基は、更に他の置換基で置換されていてもよい。 Examples of the monovalent substituent represented by X include an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an amino group, a heterocyclic group, and a halogen atom. These groups may have one or more substituents. Examples of the substituent include the above-described substituents. Moreover, the substituent mentioned above may be further substituted by another substituent.
 これらの中でも、Xとしては、溶剤溶解性と長波長領域の吸収効率向上の点から、アルキル基が好ましい。
 また、式(2)におけるnは、0~5の整数を表し、0~2の整数が好ましい。
Among these, X is preferably an alkyl group from the viewpoints of solvent solubility and improvement in absorption efficiency in the long wavelength region.
In the formula (2), n represents an integer of 0 to 5, and an integer of 0 to 2 is preferable.
 前記Yで表される二価の有機基としては、以下に示す構造が挙げられる。なお、以下に示される基において、*は、前記式(2)において、Yと隣接する炭素原子との結合位置を示す。 Examples of the divalent organic group represented by Y include the following structures. In the group shown below, * represents the bonding position between Y and the adjacent carbon atom in the formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
 中でも、高感度化の観点から、下記に示す構造が好ましい。 Of these, the following structures are preferable from the viewpoint of increasing sensitivity.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
 更にオキシム化合物は、下記式(3)で表される化合物であることも好ましい。 Furthermore, the oxime compound is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
 式(3)におけるR、X、A、Ar、及び、nは、前記式(2)におけるR、X、A、Ar、及び、nとそれぞれ同義であり、好ましい例も同様である。 R, X, A, Ar, and n in the formula (3) have the same meanings as R, X, A, Ar, and n in the formula (2), respectively, and preferred examples are also the same.
 以下、好適に用いられるオキシム化合物の具体例(PIox-1)~(PIox-13)を以下に示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples (PIox-1) to (PIox-13) of oxime compounds that can be suitably used are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
 オキシム化合物は、350nm~500nmの波長領域に極大吸収波長を有するものでることが好ましく、360nm~480nmの波長領域に吸収波長を有するものであることがより好ましく、365nm及び455nmの吸光度が高いものが特に好ましい。 The oxime compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 350 nm to 500 nm, more preferably has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength region of 360 nm to 480 nm, and has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 455 nm. Particularly preferred.
 オキシム化合物は、365nm又は405nmにおけるモル吸光係数が、感度の観点から、3,000~300,000であることが好ましく、5,000~300,000であることがより好ましく、10,000~200,000であることが特に好ましい。
 化合物のモル吸光係数は、公知の方法を用いることができるが、具体的には、例えば、紫外可視分光光度計(Varian社製Carry-5 spctrophotometer)にて、酢酸エチル溶剤を用い、0.01g/Lの濃度で測定することが好ましい。
The oxime compound preferably has a molar extinction coefficient at 365 nm or 405 nm of 3,000 to 300,000, more preferably 5,000 to 300,000, more preferably 10,000 to 200, from the viewpoint of sensitivity. Is particularly preferred.
A known method can be used for the molar extinction coefficient of the compound. Specifically, for example, 0.01 g of an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Vary Inc., Carry-5 spctrophotometer) using an ethyl acetate solvent is used. It is preferable to measure at a concentration of / L.
 光重合開始剤としては、オキシム化合物、アセトフェノン系化合物、及び、アシルホスフィン化合物からなる群より選択される化合物が更に好ましい。より具体的には、例えば、特開平10-291969号公報に記載のアミノアセトフェノン系開始剤、特許第4225898号公報に記載のアシルホスフィンオキシド系開始剤、及び、既述のオキシム系開始剤、更にオキシム系開始剤として、特開2001-233842号記載の化合物も用いることができる。
 アセトフェノン系開始剤としては、市販品であるIRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、及び、IRGACURE-379(商品名:いずれもBASFジャパン社製)を用いることができる。またアシルホスフィン系開始剤としては市販品であるIRGACURE-819やDAROCUR-TPO(商品名:いずれもBASFジャパン社製)を用いることができる。
The photopolymerization initiator is more preferably a compound selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, acetophenone compounds, and acylphosphine compounds. More specifically, for example, an aminoacetophenone initiator described in JP-A-10-291969, an acylphosphine oxide initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4225898, and the oxime initiator described above, As the oxime initiator, compounds described in JP-A No. 2001-233842 can also be used.
As the acetophenone-based initiator, commercially available products IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, and IRGACURE-379 (trade names: all manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used. As the acylphosphine initiator, commercially available products such as IRGACURE-819 and DAROCUR-TPO (trade names: both manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) can be used.
<界面活性剤>
 本発明の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を組み合わせてもよい。界面活性剤の配合量は、本発明の組成物の全質量に対して、0.001質量%~2.0質量%が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005質量%~1.0質量%であり、さらに好ましくは、0.01~0.1質量%以下である。
 界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用できる。
<Surfactant>
The composition of the present invention may contain a surfactant. Only one type of surfactant may be used, or two or more types may be combined. The blending amount of the surfactant is preferably 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass with respect to the total mass of the composition of the present invention. More preferably, it is 0.01 to 0.1% by mass or less.
As the surfactant, various surfactants such as a fluorine-based surfactant, a nonionic surfactant, a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and a silicone-based surfactant can be used.
 特に、本発明の組成物は、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有することで、塗布液として調製したときの液特性(特に、流動性)がより向上することから、塗布厚の均一性や省液性をより改善することができる。
 即ち、フッ素系界面活性剤を含有する組成物を適用した塗布液を用いて膜形成する場合においては、被塗布面と塗布液との界面張力を低下させることにより、被塗布面への濡れ性が改善され、被塗布面への塗布性が向上する。このため、少量の液量で数μm程度の薄膜を形成した場合であっても、厚みムラの小さい均一厚の膜形成をより好適に行える点で有効である。
In particular, since the composition of the present invention contains a fluorosurfactant, the liquid properties (particularly fluidity) when prepared as a coating liquid are further improved. Sex can be improved more.
That is, when a film is formed using a coating liquid to which a composition containing a fluorosurfactant is applied, the wettability to the coated surface is reduced by reducing the interfacial tension between the coated surface and the coating liquid. Is improved, and the coating property to the coated surface is improved. For this reason, even when a thin film of about several μm is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is effective in that it is possible to more suitably form a film having a uniform thickness with small thickness unevenness.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7質量%~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、近赤外線吸収性組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% by mass to 25% by mass. A fluorosurfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of uniformity of coating film thickness and liquid-saving properties, and has good solubility in near-infrared absorbing compositions. .
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、例えば、メガファックF171、同F172、同F173、同F176、同F177、同F141、同F142、同F143、同F144、同R30、同F437、同F475、同F479、同F482、同F554、同F780、同F781(以上、DIC(株)製)、フロラードFC430、同FC431、同FC171(以上、住友スリーエム(株)製)、サーフロンS-382、同SC-101、同SC-103、同SC-104、同SC-105、同SC1068、同SC-381、同SC-383、同S393、同KH-40(以上、旭硝子(株)製)、PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(OMNOVA社製)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorosurfactant include Megafac F171, F172, F173, F176, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, F780, F781 (above DIC Corporation), Florard FC430, FC431, FC171 (above, Sumitomo 3M Limited), Surflon S-382, SC-101, Same SC-103, Same SC-104, Same SC-105, Same SC1068, Same SC-381, Same SC-383, Same S393, Same KH-40 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.), PF636, PF656, PF6320 PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA), and the like.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、グリセロール、トリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン並びにそれらのエトキシレート及びプロポキシレート(例えば、グリセロールプロポキシレート、グリセリンエトキシレート等)、ポリオキシエチレンラウリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンステアリルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオレイルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンオクチルフェニルエーテル、ポリオキシエチレンノニルフェニルエーテル、ポリエチレングリコールジラウレート、ポリエチレングリコールジステアレート、ソルビタン脂肪酸エステル(BASF社製のプルロニックL10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2、テトロニック304、701、704、901、904、150R1、ソルスパース20000(日本ルーブリゾール(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates thereof (for example, glycerol propoxylate, glycerin ethoxylate, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene Stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octylphenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonylphenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62 manufactured by BASF, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2, Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1, Sparse 20000 (manufactured by Nippon Lubrizol Corporation), and the like.
 カチオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、フタロシアニン誘導体(商品名:EFKA-745、森下産業(株)製)、オルガノシロキサンポリマーKP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、(メタ)アクリル酸系(共)重合体ポリフローNo.75、No.90、No.95(共栄社化学(株)製)、W001(裕商(株)製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include phthalocyanine derivatives (trade name: EFKA-745, manufactured by Morishita Sangyo Co., Ltd.), organosiloxane polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth) acrylic acid ( Co) polymer polyflow no. 75, no. 90, no. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 アニオン系界面活性剤として具体的には、W004、W005、W017(裕商(株)社製)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of anionic surfactants include W004, W005, W017 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製「トーレシリコーンDC3PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH7PA」、「トーレシリコーンDC11PA」,「トーレシリコーンSH21PA」,「トーレシリコーンSH28PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH29PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH30PA」、「トーレシリコーンSH8400」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」、信越シリコーン株式会社製「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」、ビックケミー社製「BYK307」、「BYK323」、「BYK330」等が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include “Toray Silicone DC3PA”, “Toray Silicone SH7PA”, “Toray Silicone DC11PA”, “Tore Silicone SH21PA”, “Tore Silicone SH28PA”, “Toray Silicone” manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Silicone SH29PA, Torre Silicone SH30PA, Torre Silicone SH8400, Momentive Performance Materials TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF -4552 "," KP341 "," KF6001 "," KF6002 "manufactured by Shin-Etsu Silicone Co., Ltd.," BYK307 "," BYK323 "," BYK330 "manufactured by BYK Chemie.
 <その他の成分>
 本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物には、前記必須成分や前記好ましい添加剤に加え、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、目的に応じてその他の成分を適宜選択して用いてもよい。
 併用可能なその他の成分としては、例えば、分散剤、増感剤、架橋剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、熱重合禁止剤、可塑剤などが挙げられ、更に基材表面への密着促進剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、充填剤、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、酸化防止剤、香料、表面張力調整剤、連鎖移動剤など)を併用してもよい。
 これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、目的とする近赤外線吸収フィルタの安定性、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。
 これらの成分は、例えば、特開2012-003225号公報の段落番号0183~、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0101~0102、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0103~0104、特開2008-250074号公報の段落番号0107~0109等の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
<Other ingredients>
In the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention, in addition to the essential components and the preferred additives, other components may be appropriately selected according to the purpose as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Examples of other components that can be used in combination include a dispersant, a sensitizer, a crosslinking agent, a curing accelerator, a filler, a thermal curing accelerator, a thermal polymerization inhibitor, a plasticizer, and the like. Adhesion promoters and other auxiliaries (for example, conductive particles, fillers, antifoaming agents, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, antioxidants, fragrances, surface tension modifiers, chain transfer agents, etc.) You may use together.
By appropriately containing these components, properties such as stability and film physical properties of the target near-infrared absorption filter can be adjusted.
These components include, for example, paragraph number 0183 to JP2012-003225A, paragraph number 0101 to 0102 of JP2008-250074, paragraph number 0103 to 0104 of JP2008-250074, The description of paragraph numbers 0107 to 0109 of 2008-250074 can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated in the present specification.
 本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物は、液状とすることができるため、例えば、スピン塗布することにより膜を形成するという簡単な工程によって、近赤外線カットフィルタを容易に製造でき、上記した従来の近赤外線カットフィルタにおける不充分な製造適性を改善することができる。 Since the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention can be in a liquid state, for example, a near-infrared cut filter can be easily manufactured by a simple process of forming a film by spin coating, Insufficient production suitability in the near-infrared cut filter can be improved.
 本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物の用途は、特に限定されないが、固体撮像素子基板の受光側における近赤外線カットフィルタ用(例えば、ウエハーレベルレンズに対する近赤外線カットフィルタ用など)、固体撮像素子基板の裏面側(受光側とは反対側)における近赤外線カットフィルタ用などを挙げることができ、固体撮像素子基板の受光側における遮光膜用であることが好ましい。特に、本発明では、固体撮像素子用イメージセンサ上に塗膜形成して好ましく用いられる。
 また、本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物の粘度は、塗布により赤外線カット層を形成する場合、1mPa・s以上3000mPa・s以下の範囲にあることが好ましく、より好ましくは、10mPa・s以上2000mPa・s以下の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは、100mPa・s以上1500mPa・s以下の範囲である。
 本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物が、固体撮像素子基板の受光側における近赤外線カットフィルタ用であって、塗布により赤外線カット層を形成する場合、厚膜形成性と均一塗布性の観点から、10mPa・s以上3000mPa・s以下の範囲にあることが好ましく、より好ましくは、500mPa・s以上1500mPa・s以下の範囲であり、最も好ましくは、700mPa・s以上1400mPa・s以下の範囲である。
Although the use of the near-infrared absorptive composition of this invention is not specifically limited, For the near-infrared cut filter in the light-receiving side of a solid-state image sensor board | substrate (For example, for the near-infrared cut filter with respect to a wafer level lens), a solid-state image sensor board | substrate For the near infrared cut filter on the back surface side (the side opposite to the light receiving side), and the like, and preferably for the light shielding film on the light receiving side of the solid-state imaging device substrate. In particular, the present invention is preferably used by forming a coating film on an image sensor for a solid-state imaging device.
The viscosity of the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 1 mPa · s to 3000 mPa · s, more preferably 10 mPa · s to 2000 mPa when the infrared cut layer is formed by coating. -It is the range below s, More preferably, it is the range of 100 mPa * s or more and 1500 mPa * s or less.
The near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention is for a near-infrared cut filter on the light-receiving side of a solid-state imaging device substrate, and when an infrared cut layer is formed by coating, from the viewpoint of thick film formability and uniform coatability, It is preferably in the range of 10 mPa · s to 3000 mPa · s, more preferably in the range of 500 mPa · s to 1500 mPa · s, and most preferably in the range of 700 mPa · s to 1400 mPa · s.
 本発明は、上記した本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物を用いて得られる近赤外線カットフィルタにも関する。このような近赤外線カットフィルタは、本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物より形成されているので、近赤外領域における遮光性(近赤外線遮蔽性)が高く、可視光領域における透光性(可視光線透過性)が高く、かつ、耐光性及び耐湿性等の耐候性に優れる近赤外線カットフィルタである。特に、本発明では、700~2500nmの波長領域の近赤外線カットフィルタとして有益である。
 更に、本発明は、固体撮像素子基板の受光側において、本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物を適用(好ましくは塗布や印刷、さらに好ましくはスピン塗布やスクリーン印刷)することにより膜を形成する工程を有する、近赤外線カットフィルタの製造方法にも関する。
The present invention also relates to a near-infrared cut filter obtained using the above-described near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention. Since such a near-infrared cut filter is formed from the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention, it has a high light-shielding property (near-infrared shielding property) in the near-infrared region, and translucency (visible) in the visible-light region. It is a near-infrared cut filter having high light transmission) and excellent weather resistance such as light resistance and moisture resistance. In particular, the present invention is useful as a near-infrared cut filter having a wavelength region of 700 to 2500 nm.
Furthermore, the present invention provides a process for forming a film by applying (preferably coating or printing, more preferably spin coating or screen printing) the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention on the light-receiving side of a solid-state imaging device substrate The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing a near-infrared cut filter.
 近赤外線カットフィルタを形成するには、まず、前記本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物により膜を形成する。膜は、前記近赤外線吸収性組成物を含んで形成される膜であれば、特に制限はなく、膜厚、積層構造などについては、目的に応じて適宜選択することができる。 In order to form a near-infrared cut filter, first, a film is formed from the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention. If a film | membrane is a film | membrane formed including the said near-infrared absorptive composition, there will be no restriction | limiting in particular, About a film thickness, a laminated structure, etc., it can select suitably according to the objective.
 前記膜の形成方法としては、支持体上に、本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物(組成物における固形分が上記溶剤に溶解、乳化又は分散させてなる塗布液)を直接適用(好ましくは塗布)し、乾燥させることにより形成する方法が挙げられる。 As the method for forming the film, the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention (coating solution in which the solid content in the composition is dissolved, emulsified or dispersed) is directly applied on the support (preferably coated). And a method of forming by drying.
 支持体は、固体撮像素子基板であっても、固体撮像素子基板の受光側に設けられた別の基板(例えば後述のガラス基板30)であっても、固体撮像素子基板の受光側に設けられた平坦化層等の層であっても良い。
 近赤外線吸収性組成物(塗布液)を支持体上に適用する方法は、例えば、スピンコーター、スリットスピンコーター等を用いることにより実施できる。
 また、塗膜の乾燥条件としては、各成分、溶剤の種類、使用割合等によっても異なるが、通常60℃~150℃の温度で30秒間~15分間程度である。
The support is provided on the light receiving side of the solid-state imaging device substrate, whether it is a solid-state imaging device substrate or another substrate (for example, a glass substrate 30 described later) provided on the light-receiving side of the solid-state imaging device substrate. A layer such as a flattening layer may also be used.
The method of applying the near-infrared absorbing composition (coating liquid) on the support can be carried out by using, for example, a spin coater, a slit spin coater, or the like.
The drying conditions of the coating film vary depending on each component, the type of solvent, the ratio of use, etc., but are usually 60 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 30 seconds to 15 minutes.
 前記膜の厚みとしては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、1μm~100μmが好ましく、1μm~50μmがより好ましく、1.0μm~4.0μmが特に好ましい。 The thickness of the film is not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended purpose. For example, it is preferably 1 μm to 100 μm, more preferably 1 μm to 50 μm, and particularly preferably 1.0 μm to 4.0 μm.
 本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物を用いて近赤外線カットフィルタを形成する方法は、その他の工程を含んでいても良い。 The method for forming a near-infrared cut filter using the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention may include other steps.
 前記その他の工程としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、基材の表面処理工程、前加熱工程(プリベーク工程)、硬化処理工程、後加熱工程(ポストベーク工程)などが挙げられる。 There is no restriction | limiting in particular as said other process, According to the objective, it can select suitably, For example, the surface treatment process of a base material, a preheating process (prebaking process), a hardening process process, a post-heating process (post-baking) Process).
<前加熱工程・後加熱工程>
 前加熱工程及び後加熱工程における加熱温度は、通常、80℃~200℃であり、90℃~150℃であることが好ましい。
 前加熱工程及び後加熱工程における加熱時間は、通常、30秒~240秒であり、60秒~180秒であることが好ましい。
<Pre-heating process / Post-heating process>
The heating temperature in the preheating step and the postheating step is usually 80 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 90 ° C. to 150 ° C.
The heating time in the preheating step and the postheating step is usually 30 seconds to 240 seconds, and preferably 60 seconds to 180 seconds.
<硬化処理工程>
 硬化処理工程は、必要に応じ、形成された前記膜に対して硬化処理を行う工程であり、この処理を行うことにより、近赤外線カットフィルタの機械的強度が向上する。
 前記硬化処理工程としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、全面露光処理、全面加熱処理などが好適に挙げられる。ここで、本発明において「露光」とは、各種波長の光のみならず、電子線、X線などの放射線照射をも包含する意味で用いられる。
 露光は放射線の照射により行うことが好ましく、露光に際して用いることができる放射線としては、特に、電子線、KrF、ArF、g線、h線、i線等の紫外線や可視光が好ましく用いられる。好ましくは、KrF、g線、h線、i線が好ましい。
 露光方式としては。ステッパー露光や、高圧水銀灯による露光などが挙げられる。
 露光量は5mJ/cm2~3000mJ/cm2が好ましく10mJ/cm2~2000mJ/cm2がより好ましく、50mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2が最も好ましい。
<Curing process>
The curing process is a process of curing the formed film as necessary, and the mechanical strength of the near-infrared cut filter is improved by performing this process.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as said hardening process, Although it can select suitably according to the objective, For example, a whole surface exposure process, a whole surface heat processing, etc. are mentioned suitably. Here, in the present invention, “exposure” is used to include not only light of various wavelengths but also irradiation of radiation such as electron beams and X-rays.
The exposure is preferably performed by irradiation of radiation, and as the radiation that can be used for the exposure, ultraviolet rays such as electron beams, KrF, ArF, g rays, h rays, i rays and visible light are particularly preferably used. Preferably, KrF, g line, h line, and i line are preferable.
As an exposure method. Examples include stepper exposure and exposure with a high-pressure mercury lamp.
Exposure is more preferably 5mJ / cm 2 ~ 3000mJ / cm 2 is preferably 10mJ / cm 2 ~ 2000mJ / cm 2, and most preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2.
 全面露光処理の方法としては、例えば、形成された前記膜の全面を露光する方法が挙げられる。近赤外線吸収性組成物が重合性化合物を含有する場合、全面露光により、上記組成物より形成される膜中の重合成分の硬化が促進され、前記膜の硬化が更に進行し、機械的強度、耐久性が改良される。
 前記全面露光を行う装置としては、特に制限はなく、目的に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、超高圧水銀灯などのUV露光機が好適に挙げられる。
Examples of the entire surface exposure processing method include a method of exposing the entire surface of the formed film. When the near-infrared absorbing composition contains a polymerizable compound, the entire surface exposure promotes curing of the polymerization component in the film formed from the composition, further curing of the film, mechanical strength, Durability is improved.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as an apparatus which performs the said whole surface exposure, Although it can select suitably according to the objective, For example, UV exposure machines, such as an ultrahigh pressure mercury lamp, are mentioned suitably.
 また、全面加熱処理の方法としては、形成された前記膜の全面を加熱する方法が挙げられる。全面加熱により、パターンの膜強度が高められる。
 全面加熱における加熱温度は、120℃~250℃が好ましく、120℃~250℃がより好ましい。該加熱温度が120℃以上であれば、加熱処理によって膜強度が向上し、250℃以下であれば、前記膜中の成分の分解が生じ、膜質が弱く脆くなることを防止できる。
 全面加熱における加熱時間は、3分~180分が好ましく、5分~120分がより好ましい。
 全面加熱を行う装置としては、特に制限はなく、公知の装置の中から、目的に応じて適宜選択することができ、例えば、ドライオーブン、ホットプレート、IRヒーターなどが挙げられる。
Moreover, as a method of the whole surface heat treatment, a method of heating the entire surface of the formed film can be mentioned. By heating the entire surface, the film strength of the pattern is increased.
The heating temperature in the entire surface heating is preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C., more preferably 120 ° C. to 250 ° C. When the heating temperature is 120 ° C. or higher, the film strength is improved by heat treatment, and when the heating temperature is 250 ° C. or lower, the components in the film are decomposed and the film quality is prevented from becoming weak and brittle.
The heating time in the entire surface heating is preferably 3 minutes to 180 minutes, more preferably 5 minutes to 120 minutes.
There is no restriction | limiting in particular as an apparatus which performs whole surface heating, According to the objective, it can select suitably from well-known apparatuses, For example, a dry oven, a hot plate, IR heater etc. are mentioned.
 また、本発明は、固体撮像素子基板と、前記固体撮像素子基板の受光側に配置された近赤外線カットフィルタとを有するカメラモジュールであって、前記近赤外線カットフィルタが本発明の近赤外線カットフィルタである、カメラモジュールにも関する。 Moreover, this invention is a camera module which has a solid-state image sensor board | substrate and the near-infrared cut filter arrange | positioned at the light-receiving side of the said solid-state image sensor board | substrate, Comprising: The said near-infrared cut filter is a near-infrared cut filter of this invention. It also relates to the camera module.
 以下、本発明の実施形態に係るカメラモジュールを、図1及び図2を参照しながら説明するが、本発明は以下の具体例によって限定されることはない。
 なお、図1及び図2にわたり、共通する部分には共通する符号を付す。
 また、説明に際し、「上」、「上方」及び「上側」は、シリコン基板10から見て遠い側を指し、「下」、「下方」及び「下側」は、はシリコン基板10に近い側を指す。
Hereinafter, although the camera module which concerns on embodiment of this invention is demonstrated, referring FIG.1 and FIG.2, this invention is not limited by the following specific examples.
Throughout FIGS. 1 and 2, common portions are denoted by common reference numerals.
In the description, “upper”, “upper”, and “upper” refer to the side far from the silicon substrate 10, and “lower”, “lower”, and “lower” are the sides closer to the silicon substrate 10. Point to.
 図1は、固体撮像素子を備えたカメラモジュールの構成を示す概略断面図である。
 図1に示すカメラモジュール200は、実装基板である回路基板70に接続部材であるハンダボール60を介して接続されている。
 詳細には、カメラモジュール200は、シリコン基板の第1の主面に撮像素子部を備えた固体撮像素子基板100と、固体撮像素子基板100の第1の主面側(受光側)に設けられた平坦化層46(図1には不図示)と、平坦化層46の上に設けられた近赤外線カットフィルタ42と、近赤外線カットフィルタ42の上方に配置されるガラス基板30(光透過性基板)と、ガラス基板30の上方に配置され内部空間に撮像レンズ40を有するレンズホルダー50と、固体撮像素子基板100及びガラス基板30の周囲を囲うように配置された遮光兼電磁シールド44と、を備えて構成されている。各部材は、接着剤20(図1には不図示)、45により接着されている。
 本発明は、固体撮像素子基板と、前記固体撮像素子基板の受光側に配置された近赤外線カットフィルタとを有するカメラモジュールの製造方法であって、固体撮像素子基板の受光側において、上記本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物を塗布することにより膜を形成する工程にも関する。
 よって、本実施形態に係るカメラモジュールにおいては、例えば、平坦化層46の上に、本発明の近赤外線吸収性組成物を塗布することにより膜を形成して、近赤外線カットフィルタ42を形成する。塗布することにより膜を形成し、近赤外線カットフィルタを製造する方法は前記した通りである。
 カメラモジュール200では、外部からの入射光hνが、撮像レンズ40、ガラス基板30、近赤外線カットフィルタ42、平坦化層46を順次透過した後、固体撮像素子基板100の撮像素子部に到達するようになっている。
 また、カメラモジュール200は、固体撮像素子基板100の第2の主面側で、ハンダボール60(接続材料)を介して回路基板70に接続されている。
FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a configuration of a camera module including a solid-state imaging device.
A camera module 200 shown in FIG. 1 is connected to a circuit board 70 that is a mounting board via solder balls 60 that are connection members.
Specifically, the camera module 200 is provided on the first main surface side (light receiving side) of the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 and the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 provided with an image sensor section on the first main surface of the silicon substrate. The flattening layer 46 (not shown in FIG. 1), the near-infrared cut filter 42 provided on the flattening layer 46, and the glass substrate 30 (light transmitting property) disposed above the near-infrared cut filter 42 A substrate), a lens holder 50 having an imaging lens 40 disposed in an internal space above the glass substrate 30, a light shielding and electromagnetic shield 44 disposed so as to surround the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 and the glass substrate 30, It is configured with. Each member is bonded by an adhesive 20 (not shown in FIG. 1) and 45.
The present invention is a method of manufacturing a camera module having a solid-state image pickup device substrate and a near-infrared cut filter disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image pickup device substrate. The present invention also relates to a step of forming a film by applying the near infrared absorbing composition.
Therefore, in the camera module according to the present embodiment, for example, the near-infrared cut filter 42 is formed by forming a film by applying the near-infrared absorbing composition of the present invention on the planarizing layer 46. . The method for producing a near-infrared cut filter by forming a film by coating is as described above.
In the camera module 200, the incident light hν from the outside passes through the imaging lens 40, the glass substrate 30, the near-infrared cut filter 42, and the planarization layer 46 in order, and then reaches the imaging device portion of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100. It has become.
The camera module 200 is connected to the circuit board 70 via a solder ball 60 (connection material) on the second main surface side of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100.
 図2は、図1中の固体撮像素子基板100を拡大した断面図である。
 固体撮像素子基板100は、基体であるシリコン基板10、撮像素子12、層間絶縁膜13、ベース層14、赤色のカラーフィルタ15R、緑色のカラーフィルタ15G、青色のカラーフィルタ15B、オーバーコート16、マイクロレンズ17、遮光膜18、絶縁膜22、金属電極23、ソルダレジスト層24、内部電極26、及び素子面電極27を備えて構成されている。
 但し、ソルダレジスト層24は省略されていてもよい。
FIG. 2 is an enlarged cross-sectional view of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 in FIG.
The solid-state image sensor substrate 100 includes a silicon substrate 10 as a base, an image sensor 12, an interlayer insulating film 13, a base layer 14, a red color filter 15R, a green color filter 15G, a blue color filter 15B, an overcoat 16, a micro The lens 17, the light shielding film 18, the insulating film 22, the metal electrode 23, the solder resist layer 24, the internal electrode 26, and the element surface electrode 27 are configured.
However, the solder resist layer 24 may be omitted.
 まず、固体撮像素子基板100の第1の主面側の構成を中心に説明する。
 図2に示すように、固体撮像素子基板100の基体であるシリコン基板10の第1の主面側に、CCDやCMOS等の撮像素子12が2次元に複数配列された撮像素子部が設けられている。
 撮像素子部における撮像素子12上には層間絶縁膜13が形成されており、層間絶縁膜13上にはベース層14が形成されている。更にベース層14上には、撮像素子12に対応するように、赤色のカラーフィルタ15R、緑色のカラーフィルタ15G、青色のカラーフィルタ15B(以下、これらをまとめて「カラーフィルタ15」ということがある)がそれぞれ配置されている。
 赤色のカラーフィルタ15R、緑色のカラーフィルタ15G、青色のカラーフィルタ15Bの境界部、及び撮像素子部の周辺には、図示しない遮光膜が設けられていてもよい。この遮光膜は、例えば、公知のブラックのカラーレジストを用いて作製できる。
 カラーフィルタ15上にはオーバーコート16が形成され、オーバーコート16上には撮像素子12(カラーフィルタ15)に対応するようにマイクロレンズ17が形成されている。
 そして、マイクロレンズ17の上には、前記平坦化層46が設けられている。
First, the configuration on the first main surface side of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 will be mainly described.
As shown in FIG. 2, an imaging element unit in which a plurality of imaging elements 12 such as CCDs and CMOSs are two-dimensionally arranged is provided on the first main surface side of the silicon substrate 10 that is a base of the solid-state imaging element substrate 100. ing.
An interlayer insulating film 13 is formed on the image sensor 12 in the image sensor section, and a base layer 14 is formed on the interlayer insulating film 13. Furthermore, on the base layer 14, a red color filter 15 R, a green color filter 15 G, and a blue color filter 15 B (hereinafter collectively referred to as “color filter 15”) corresponding to the image sensor 12. ) Are arranged.
A light shielding film (not shown) may be provided around the boundary between the red color filter 15R, the green color filter 15G, and the blue color filter 15B, and the periphery of the imaging element unit. This light shielding film can be produced using, for example, a known black color resist.
An overcoat 16 is formed on the color filter 15, and a microlens 17 is formed on the overcoat 16 so as to correspond to the imaging element 12 (color filter 15).
The planarizing layer 46 is provided on the microlens 17.
 また、第1の主面側の撮像素子部の周辺は、周辺回路(不図示)及び内部電極26が設けられており、内部電極26は、周辺回路を介して撮像素子12と電気的に接続されている。
 更に、内部電極26上には、層間絶縁膜13を介して素子面電極27が形成されている。内部電極26と素子面電極27間の層間絶縁膜13内には、これら電極間を電気的に接続するコンタクトプラグ(不図示)が形成されている。素子面電極27は、コンタクトプラグ、内部電極26を介して電圧の印加及び信号の読み出しなどに使用される。
 素子面電極27上には、ベース層14が形成されている。ベース層14上にはオーバーコート16が形成されている。素子面電極27上に形成されたベース層14及びオーバーコート16が開口されて、パッド開口部が形成され、素子面電極27の一部が露出している。
In addition, a peripheral circuit (not shown) and an internal electrode 26 are provided in the periphery of the image sensor section on the first main surface side, and the internal electrode 26 is electrically connected to the image sensor 12 via the peripheral circuit. Has been.
Furthermore, an element surface electrode 27 is formed on the internal electrode 26 with the interlayer insulating film 13 interposed therebetween. In the interlayer insulating film 13 between the internal electrode 26 and the element surface electrode 27, a contact plug (not shown) for electrically connecting these electrodes is formed. The element surface electrode 27 is used for applying a voltage and reading a signal through the contact plug and the internal electrode 26.
A base layer 14 is formed on the element surface electrode 27. An overcoat 16 is formed on the base layer 14. The base layer 14 and the overcoat 16 formed on the element surface electrode 27 are opened to form a pad opening, and a part of the element surface electrode 27 is exposed.
 以上が固体撮像素子基板100の第1の主面側の構成であるが、平坦化層46の上に近赤外線カットフィルタ42が設けられる代わりに、ベース層14とカラーフィルタ15との間、あるいは、カラーフィルタ15とオーバーコート16との間に、近赤外線カットフィルタが設けられる形態であってもよい。
 固体撮像素子基板100の第1の主面側において、撮像素子部の周辺には接着剤20が設けられ、この接着剤20を介し、固体撮像素子基板100とガラス基板30とが接着される。
The above is the configuration of the first main surface side of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100. Instead of providing the near-infrared cut filter 42 on the flattening layer 46, between the base layer 14 and the color filter 15, or A form in which a near-infrared cut filter is provided between the color filter 15 and the overcoat 16 may be employed.
On the first main surface side of the solid-state image sensor substrate 100, an adhesive 20 is provided around the image sensor section, and the solid-state image sensor substrate 100 and the glass substrate 30 are bonded via the adhesive 20.
 また、シリコン基板10は、該シリコン基板10を貫通する貫通孔を有しており、貫通孔内には、金属電極23の一部である貫通電極が備えられている。この貫通電極により、撮像素子部と回路基板70とが電気的に接続されている。 In addition, the silicon substrate 10 has a through hole that penetrates the silicon substrate 10, and a through electrode that is a part of the metal electrode 23 is provided in the through hole. The imaging element portion and the circuit board 70 are electrically connected by the through electrode.
 次に、固体撮像素子基板100の第2の主面側の構成を中心に説明する。
 該第2の主面側には、第2の主面上から貫通孔の内壁にわたり絶縁膜22が形成されている。
 絶縁膜22上には、シリコン基板10の第2の主面上の領域から貫通孔の内部に至るようにパターニングされた金属電極23が設けられている。金属電極23は、固体撮像素子基板100中の撮像素子部と回路基板70との接続用の電極である。
 前記貫通電極は、この金属電極23のうち、貫通孔の内部に形成された部分である。貫通電極は、シリコン基板10及び層間絶縁膜の一部を貫通して内部電極26の下側に至り、該内部電極26に電気的に接続されている。
Next, the configuration on the second main surface side of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 will be mainly described.
On the second main surface side, an insulating film 22 is formed from the second main surface to the inner wall of the through hole.
On the insulating film 22, a metal electrode 23 patterned so as to extend from a region on the second main surface of the silicon substrate 10 to the inside of the through hole is provided. The metal electrode 23 is an electrode for connecting the image pickup element portion in the solid-state image pickup element substrate 100 and the circuit board 70.
The through electrode is a portion of the metal electrode 23 formed inside the through hole. The through electrode penetrates part of the silicon substrate 10 and the interlayer insulating film, reaches the lower side of the internal electrode 26, and is electrically connected to the internal electrode 26.
 更に、第2の主面側には、金属電極23が形成された第2の主面上を覆い、かつ、該金属電極23上の1部を露出する開口部を有するソルダレジスト層24(保護絶縁膜)が設けられている。
 更に、第2の主面側には、ソルダレジスト層24が形成された第2の主面上を覆い、かつ、該金属電極23上の1部が露出する開口部を有する遮光膜18が設けられている。
 なお、図2では、遮光膜18は、金属電極23の1部を覆い、残りの部分を露出させるようにパターニングされているが、金属電極23の全部を露出させるようにパターニングされていてもよい(ソルダレジスト層24のパターニングについても同様である)。
 また、ソルダレジスト層24は省略されていてもよく、金属電極23が形成された第2の主面上に、遮光膜18が直接形成されていてもよい。
Further, a solder resist layer 24 (protective layer) is provided on the second main surface side, which covers the second main surface on which the metal electrode 23 is formed and has an opening that exposes a portion on the metal electrode 23. Insulating film).
Further, on the second main surface side, there is provided a light shielding film 18 that covers the second main surface on which the solder resist layer 24 is formed and has an opening through which a part of the metal electrode 23 is exposed. It has been.
In FIG. 2, the light shielding film 18 is patterned so as to cover a part of the metal electrode 23 and expose the remaining part, but may be patterned so as to expose the entire metal electrode 23. (The same applies to the patterning of the solder resist layer 24).
The solder resist layer 24 may be omitted, and the light shielding film 18 may be directly formed on the second main surface on which the metal electrode 23 is formed.
 露出された金属電極23上には、接続部材としてのハンダボール60が設けられ、このハンダボール60を介し、固体撮像素子基板100の金属電極23と、回路基板70の不図示の接続用電極と、が電気的に接続される。 A solder ball 60 as a connection member is provided on the exposed metal electrode 23, and the metal electrode 23 of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 and a connection electrode (not shown) of the circuit board 70 are connected via the solder ball 60. , Are electrically connected.
 以上、固体撮像素子基板100の構成について説明したが、特開2009-158863号公報中段落0033~0068に記載の方法や、特開2009-99591号公報中段落0036~0065に記載の方法など、公知の方法により形成できる。
 層間絶縁膜13は、例えば、スパッタやCVD(Chemical vapor deposition)等によりSiO2膜又はSiN膜として形成する。
 カラーフィルタ15は、例えば、公知のカラーレジストを用い、フォトリソグラフィーにより形成する。
 オーバーコート16及びベース層14は、例えば、公知の有機層間膜形成用レジストを用い、フォトリソグラフィーにより形成する。
 マイクロレンズ17は、例えば、スチレン系ポリマー等を用い、フォトリソグラフィー等により形成する。
 ソルダレジスト層24は、例えばフェノール系ポリマー、あるいはポリイミド系ポリマー、アミン系ポリマーを含む公知のソルダレジストを用い、フォトリソグラフィーにより形成されることが好ましい。
 ハンダボール60は、例えば、Sn-Pb(共晶)、95Pb-Sn(高鉛高融点半田)、Pbフリー半田として、Sn-Ag、Sn-Cu、Sn-Ag-Cuなどを用いて形成する。ハンダボール60は、例えば、直径100μm~1000μm(好ましくは直径150μm~700μm)の球状に形成する。
 内部電極26及び素子面電極27は、例えば、CMP(Chemical Mechanical Polishing)、又はフォトリソグラフィー及びエッチングにより、Cu等の金属電極として形成する。
 金属電極23は、例えば、スパッタ、フォトリソグラフィー、エッチング、及び電解めっきにより、Cu、Au、Al、Ni、W、Pt、Mo、Cu化合物、W化合物、Mo化合物等の金属電極として形成する。金属電極23は、単層構成でも2層以上からなる積層構成であってもよい。金属電極23の膜厚は、例えば、0.1μm~20μm(好ましくは0.1μm~10μm)とする。シリコン基板10としては特に限定されないが、基板裏面を削ることによって薄くしたシリコン基板を用いることができる。基板の厚さは限定されないが、例えば、厚み20μm~200μm(好ましくは30~150μm)のシリコンウエハーを用いる。
 シリコン基板10の貫通孔は、例えば、フォトリソグラフィー及びRIE(Reactive Ion Etching)により形成する。
The configuration of the solid-state imaging device substrate 100 has been described above. The method described in paragraphs 0033 to 0068 of JP 2009-158863 A, the method described in paragraphs 0036 to 0065 of JP 2009-99951 A, and the like. It can be formed by a known method.
The interlayer insulating film 13 is formed as a SiO 2 film or a SiN film, for example, by sputtering, CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition), or the like.
The color filter 15 is formed by photolithography using a known color resist, for example.
The overcoat 16 and the base layer 14 are formed, for example, by photolithography using a known organic interlayer film forming resist.
The microlens 17 is formed by photolithography or the like using, for example, a styrene polymer.
The solder resist layer 24 is preferably formed by photolithography using a known solder resist containing, for example, a phenolic polymer, a polyimide polymer, or an amine polymer.
The solder balls 60 are formed using, for example, Sn—Pg (eutectic), 95Pb—Sn (high lead high melting point solder), and Pb free solder using Sn—Ag, Sn—Cu, Sn—Ag—Cu or the like. . For example, the solder ball 60 is formed in a spherical shape having a diameter of 100 μm to 1000 μm (preferably a diameter of 150 μm to 700 μm).
The internal electrode 26 and the element surface electrode 27 are formed as a metal electrode such as Cu by CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing) or photolithography and etching, for example.
The metal electrode 23 is formed as a metal electrode such as Cu, Au, Al, Ni, W, Pt, Mo, Cu compound, W compound, and Mo compound by sputtering, photolithography, etching, and electrolytic plating, for example. The metal electrode 23 may have a single layer configuration or a stacked configuration including two or more layers. The thickness of the metal electrode 23 is, for example, 0.1 μm to 20 μm (preferably 0.1 μm to 10 μm). The silicon substrate 10 is not particularly limited, but a silicon substrate that is thinned by scraping the back surface of the substrate can be used. The thickness of the substrate is not limited. For example, a silicon wafer having a thickness of 20 μm to 200 μm (preferably 30 to 150 μm) is used.
The through hole of the silicon substrate 10 is formed by, for example, photolithography and RIE (Reactive Ion Etching).
 以上、カメラモジュールの一実施形態について図1及び図2を参照して説明したが、前記一実施形態は図1及び図2の形態に限られるものではない。 As mentioned above, although one Embodiment of the camera module was described with reference to FIG.1 and FIG.2, the said one embodiment is not restricted to the form of FIG.1 and FIG.2.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本発明の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。 The present invention will be described more specifically with reference to the following examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing details, processing procedures, and the like shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. Unless otherwise specified, “part” and “%” are based on mass.
<錯体調製方法>
 下記表に記載のリン酸エステル化合物1gをアセトン溶液に、安息香酸銅(関東化学製、3.8g)を添加した。3時間攪拌後、ヘキサン再沈を2回行うことによりオイル状化合物が得られた。
<Method for preparing complex>
1 g of the phosphoric acid ester compound described in the following table was added to an acetone solution, and copper benzoate (manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., 3.8 g) was added. After stirring for 3 hours, hexane reprecipitation was performed twice to obtain an oily compound.
<溶解度の測定>
 得られたオイル状化合物0.2gを20mlのテトラヒドロフラン(THF)に溶解し、撹拌した。以下の通り溶解度を測定した。
A:撹拌30分以内に、目視にて溶解していることを確認した。
B:攪拌30分を経過しても、目視にて溶け残りがあることを確認した。
<Measurement of solubility>
0.2 g of the obtained oily compound was dissolved in 20 ml of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and stirred. Solubility was measured as follows.
A: It was confirmed that the solution was visually dissolved within 30 minutes of stirring.
B: Even after 30 minutes of stirring, it was confirmed that there was undissolved residue visually.
<λmaxの測定>
錯体0.2gをTHF20mLで調液し、分光光度計U-4100(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製)を用いて400~1100nmを測定することでλmax、λmaxの吸収光係数を測定した。
<Measurement of λmax>
0.2 g of the complex was prepared with 20 mL of THF, and the absorption light coefficient of λmax and λmax was measured by measuring 400 to 1100 nm using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).
<グラム吸光係数(g/ml)の測定>
上記方法により測定したλmaxの吸光度/濃度(g/mL)をグラム吸光係数とした。
<Measurement of Gram extinction coefficient (g / ml)>
The absorbance / concentration (g / mL) of λmax measured by the above method was defined as the Gram extinction coefficient.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000087
 上記表におけるサンプルは、2種のリン酸エステル化合物の混合物を用いている場合、1:1(約モル比)で配合した。A-15は、メチルフォスフェートであり、A-16はジメチルフォスフェートである。 The samples in the above table were blended at 1: 1 (about molar ratio) when a mixture of two phosphate ester compounds was used. A-15 is methyl phosphate and A-16 is dimethyl phosphate.
 上記表から明らかなとおり、本発明のリン酸エステル銅錯体に関連するサンプル1~15は、溶解性に優れていることが分かる。 As is apparent from the above table, it can be seen that Samples 1 to 15 related to the phosphate ester copper complex of the present invention are excellent in solubility.
 下記の化合物を混合して、近赤外線吸収性組成物1を調製した。
 ・前記表に記載のリン酸エステル銅化合物サンプル1    85質量部
 ・KARAYAD DPHA (日本化薬社製、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートとの混合物)(重合性化合物)                   15質量部
 ・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)(溶剤)                         100質量部 
The following compound was mixed and the near-infrared absorptive composition 1 was prepared.
-85 parts by mass of phosphate ester copper compound sample 1 described in the above table-KARAYAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate) (polymerizable compound) 15 parts by mass 100 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) (solvent)
 得られた近赤外線吸収性組成物について、以下の評価を行った。 The following evaluation was performed about the obtained near-infrared absorptive composition.
[評価方法]
<近赤外線吸収性組成物の評価>
(近赤外線カットフィルタの作成)
 調製した近赤外線吸収性組成物の各々を、スピン塗布法(MIKASA Co.,LTD製のMIKASA SPINCOATER 1H-D7を使用;340rpm)を用いて、ガラス基板上にスピン塗布し、100℃、120秒間の前加熱(プリベーク)を行った。次に、一部のサンプルについては、i線ステッパーを用い、2000mJ/cm2で全面露光を行った。その後、全てのサンプルについて、180℃、180秒間、ホットプレートで加熱を実施し近赤外線カットフィルタを得た。
[Evaluation methods]
<Evaluation of near-infrared absorbing composition>
(Create near-infrared cut filter)
Each of the prepared near-infrared absorbing compositions was spin-coated on a glass substrate using a spin coating method (using MIKASA SPINCOATER 1H-D7 manufactured by MIKASA Co., LTD; 340 rpm), and 100 ° C. for 120 seconds. Preheating (pre-baking) was performed. Next, the entire surface of some samples was exposed at 2000 mJ / cm 2 using an i-line stepper. Thereafter, all the samples were heated on a hot plate at 180 ° C. for 180 seconds to obtain near-infrared cut filters.
(塗布均一性評価)
上記のようにして得た近赤外線カットフィルタを光学顕微鏡で観察した。結果を下記に区分して判定した。
 A: 表面に異物が全く確認できず、実用可能
 B: 表面に異物が極僅かに確認できるが、実用可能
 C: 表面に異物が確認でき、実用不可能
(Coating uniformity evaluation)
The near infrared cut filter obtained as described above was observed with an optical microscope. The results were judged as follows.
A: No foreign matter can be confirmed on the surface, and practical use B: Very little foreign matter can be confirmed on the surface, but practical use is possible C: Foreign matter can be confirmed on the surface, impractical
(近赤外線遮蔽性評価)
 上記のようにして得た近赤外線カットフィルタにおける波長900nmの透過率を分光光度計U-4100(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製)を用いて測定した。1000nmの近赤外線領域の透過率(%)の最小値を、遮蔽性の指標とした。透過率に関しては、近赤外線透過性が5%以下で実用上良好な近赤外線遮蔽性を示すといえる。
(Near-infrared shielding evaluation)
The transmittance at a wavelength of 900 nm in the near-infrared cut filter obtained as described above was measured using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The minimum value of transmittance (%) in the near-infrared region of 1000 nm was used as an indicator of shielding properties. Regarding the transmittance, it can be said that the near-infrared transmittance is 5% or less, and practically good near-infrared shielding properties are exhibited.
(耐熱性評価)
 上記のようにして得た基板を、更に、220℃、3分間、ホットプレートにより加熱処理を行った。耐熱性試験前と耐熱性試験後とのそれぞれにおいて、近赤外線カットフィルタの波長700nm~1400nmにおける最大吸光度(Absλmax)と、波長400nm~700nmにおける最小吸光度(Absλmin)とを、分光光度計U-4100(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製)を用いて測定し、「Absλmax/Absλmin」で表される吸光度比を求めた。|(試験前における吸光度比-試験後における吸光度比)/試験前における吸光度比×100|(%)で表される吸光度比変化率を以下の基準で評価した。
 A:吸光度比変化率≦2%
 B:2%<吸光度比変化率≦4%
 C:4%<吸光度比変化率≦7%
 D:7%<吸光度比変化率
(Heat resistance evaluation)
The substrate obtained as described above was further heat-treated with a hot plate at 220 ° C. for 3 minutes. Before and after the heat resistance test, the maximum absorbance (Absλmax) at a wavelength of 700 nm to 1400 nm and the minimum absorbance (Absλmin) at a wavelength of 400 nm to 700 nm of the near-infrared cut filter were measured with a spectrophotometer U-4100. (Abstract of Hitachi High-Technologies) was used to determine the absorbance ratio represented by “Absλmax / Absλmin”. | (Absorbance ratio before the test−absorbance ratio after the test) / absorbance ratio before the test × 100 | (%) was evaluated based on the following criteria.
A: Absorbance ratio change rate ≦ 2%
B: 2% <absorbance ratio change rate ≦ 4%
C: 4% <absorbance ratio change rate ≦ 7%
D: 7% <absorbance ratio change rate
(製膜性評価)
 上記のようにして得た近赤外線カットフィルタにおける波長1000nmの近赤外線領域の透過率(%)の最小値を、分光光度計U-4100(日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製)を用いて測定した。近赤外線透過性が5%以下となるよう近赤外線カットフィルタ膜を形成し、膜の表面を目視で観察した。結果を下記に区分して判定した。
 A: 表面にひび割れ、ムラが全く確認できず、実用可能
 B: 表面にひび割れ、ムラが確認でき、実用不可能
(Film forming property evaluation)
The minimum value of the transmittance (%) in the near infrared region with a wavelength of 1000 nm in the near infrared cut filter obtained as described above was measured using a spectrophotometer U-4100 (manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). A near-infrared cut filter film was formed so that the near-infrared transmittance was 5% or less, and the surface of the film was visually observed. The results were judged as follows.
A: Cracks and unevenness on the surface cannot be confirmed at all, and practical use B: Cracks and unevenness on the surface can be confirmed, impractical
 組成物1と同様に、下記表のとおり組成物2~28を調製し、評価した。表中、「-」は添加なし、または評価できず、の意味を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
 得られた近赤外線吸収性組成物No.1~27はいずれも、近赤外線透過性が5%以下を示した。
Similar to Composition 1, Compositions 2 to 28 were prepared and evaluated as shown in the table below. In the table, “-” means no addition or cannot be evaluated.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000088
The obtained near-infrared absorbing composition No. All of Nos. 1 to 27 exhibited near-infrared transmittance of 5% or less.
 さらに、前述の近赤外線吸収性組成物の調製において、重合性化合物をJER157S65(エポキシ樹脂、ジャパンエポキシレジン(株)製)に変更した場合でも、同様に良好な結果が得られた。
 加えて、溶媒をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、またはシクロヘキサノンに変更した場合でも、同様に良好な結果が得られた。
Furthermore, in the preparation of the above-mentioned near-infrared absorbing composition, even when the polymerizable compound was changed to JER157S65 (epoxy resin, manufactured by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), good results were obtained in the same manner.
In addition, good results were obtained even when the solvent was changed to propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) or cyclohexanone.

Claims (13)

  1. 銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させてなるリン酸エステル銅錯体を含有する、近赤外線吸収剤と溶剤を含む、近赤外線吸収性組成物であって、近赤外線吸収性組成物中のリン酸エステル銅錯体の濃度が10~80質量%である、近赤外線吸収性組成物。
    式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
    A near-infrared absorber and a solvent containing a phosphate ester copper complex obtained by reacting a compound represented by the following formula (1) and / or a compound represented by the following formula (2) with respect to a copper salt. A near-infrared absorptive composition comprising the near-infrared absorptive composition, wherein the concentration of the phosphate copper complex in the near-infrared absorptive composition is 10 to 80% by mass.
    Formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    Formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
  2. 前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、請求項1に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。 R in the formulas (1) and (2) is an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and a tertiary having an alkyl group as a substituent. 2. The near-infrared absorbing composition according to claim 1, which is selected from an alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group including any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together. object.
  3. 前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有するアルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、請求項1に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。 R in the formulas (1) and (2) is an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent, and a tertiary having an isopropyl group as a substituent. 2. The near-infrared absorbing composition according to claim 1, which is selected from an alkyl group, an aryl group having a substituent, and an organic group including any one or more of a cyclic structure formed by bonding R together. object.
  4. 前記リン酸エステル銅錯体の配合量が、前記近赤外線吸収性組成物の固形分中の50~99質量%である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。 The near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein a blending amount of the phosphate ester copper complex is 50 to 99% by mass in a solid content of the near-infrared absorbing composition. .
  5. 固体撮像素子用イメージセンサ上に塗膜形成して用いられる、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物。 The near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of claims 1 to 4, which is used by forming a coating film on an image sensor for a solid-state imaging device.
  6. 銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させてなるリン酸エステル銅錯体を含有する、近赤外線吸収剤。
    式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
    The near-infrared absorber containing the phosphate ester copper complex formed by making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with copper salt.
    Formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    Formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
  7. 前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有する有機基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、アルキル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、請求項6に記載の近赤外線吸収剤。 R in the formulas (1) and (2) is an organic group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an alkyl group as a substituent, and a tertiary having an alkyl group as a substituent. The near-infrared absorber of Claim 6 selected from the organic group containing any one or more of the alkyl group, the aryl group which has a substituent, and the cyclic structure formed by R mutually bonding.
  8. 前記式(1)および(2)におけるRが、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基を置換基として有するアルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第2級アルキル基、イソプロピル基を置換基として有する第3級アルキル基、置換基を有するアリール基、および、R同士が互いに結合して形成される環状構造のいずれか1つ以上を含む有機基から選択される、請求項7に記載の近赤外線吸収剤。 R in the formulas (1) and (2) is an alkyl group having a (meth) acryloyloxy group as a substituent, a secondary alkyl group having an isopropyl group as a substituent, and a tertiary having an isopropyl group as a substituent. The near-infrared absorber of Claim 7 selected from the organic group containing any one or more of the alkyl group, the aryl group which has a substituent, and the cyclic structure formed by mutually bonding R.
  9. 請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物または請求項6~8のいずれか1項に記載の近赤外線吸収剤を用いて作成された近赤外線カットフィルタ。 A near-infrared cut filter produced using the near-infrared absorbing composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5 or the near-infrared absorbing agent according to any one of claims 6 to 8.
  10. 固体撮像素子基板と、前記固体撮像素子基板の受光側に配置された請求項9に記載の近赤外線カットフィルタとを有するカメラモジュール。 The camera module which has a solid-state image sensor board | substrate and the near-infrared cut off filter of Claim 9 arrange | positioned at the light-receiving side of the said solid-state image sensor board | substrate.
  11. 固体撮像素子基板と、前記固体撮像素子基板の受光側に配置された近赤外線カットフィルタとを有するカメラモジュールの製造方法であって、固体撮像素子基板の受光側において、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の近赤外線吸収性組成物を塗布することにより膜を形成する工程を有する、カメラモジュールの製造方法。 6. A method for manufacturing a camera module, comprising: a solid-state image sensor substrate; and a near-infrared cut filter disposed on the light-receiving side of the solid-state image sensor substrate. A method for producing a camera module, comprising a step of forming a film by applying the near-infrared absorbing composition according to claim 1.
  12. 前記近赤外線吸収性組成物を塗布することにより形成された膜に光照射して硬化させることを含む、請求項11に記載のカメラモジュールの製造方法。 The manufacturing method of the camera module of Claim 11 including light-irradiating and hardening | curing the film | membrane formed by apply | coating the said near-infrared absorptive composition.
  13. 銅塩に対して、下記式(1)で表される化合物および/または下記式(2)で表される化合物を反応させることを含む、近赤外線吸収剤の製造方法。
    式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式(1)および(2)中、Rは、それぞれ、炭素数が3以上の有機基である。また、式(2)においてR同士が互いに結合して環状構造を形成していてもよく、この場合は、結合した環状構造を含む基の炭素原子の合計数が3以上である。)
    The manufacturing method of a near-infrared absorber including making the compound represented by following formula (1) and / or the compound represented by following formula (2) react with copper salt.
    Formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    Formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the formulas (1) and (2), each R is an organic group having 3 or more carbon atoms. In the formula (2), Rs may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. In this case, the total number of carbon atoms of the group containing a bonded cyclic structure is 3 or more.)
PCT/JP2013/068598 2012-08-21 2013-07-08 Near-infrared-ray absorption agent, near-infrared-ray absorbent composition, near-infrared-ray cutoff filter using the above and method for producing same, camera module and method for producing same, and method for producing near-infrared-ray absorption agent WO2014030443A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012182669A JP2014041213A (en) 2012-08-21 2012-08-21 Near infrared absorbent, near infrared absorbing composition, near infrared cut filter using them and method for manufacturing the same, and method for producing near infrared absorbent
JP2012-182669 2012-08-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014030443A1 true WO2014030443A1 (en) 2014-02-27

Family

ID=50149758

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/068598 WO2014030443A1 (en) 2012-08-21 2013-07-08 Near-infrared-ray absorption agent, near-infrared-ray absorbent composition, near-infrared-ray cutoff filter using the above and method for producing same, camera module and method for producing same, and method for producing near-infrared-ray absorption agent

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2014041213A (en)
TW (1) TW201408680A (en)
WO (1) WO2014030443A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022053617A (en) * 2020-09-25 2022-04-06 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Near-infrared absorptive composition, near-infrared cut filter, image sensor for solid state imaging element, and camera module

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001154015A (en) * 1999-09-16 2001-06-08 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Optical filter and method of manufacturing
WO2004006336A1 (en) * 2002-07-09 2004-01-15 Toppan Printing Co., Ltd. Solid-state imaging device and prduction method therefor
JP2005097495A (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-04-14 Jsr Corp Liquid resin composition, method for producing near infrared-absorbing molded product by using the same, and near infrared-absorbing molded product
WO2006080347A1 (en) * 2005-01-28 2006-08-03 Kureha Corporation Polymerizable composition, polymer, sheeted molding, laminate and process for producing the same
JP2008091535A (en) * 2006-09-29 2008-04-17 Fujifilm Corp Solid-state imaging device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001154015A (en) * 1999-09-16 2001-06-08 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Optical filter and method of manufacturing
WO2004006336A1 (en) * 2002-07-09 2004-01-15 Toppan Printing Co., Ltd. Solid-state imaging device and prduction method therefor
JP2005097495A (en) * 2003-09-26 2005-04-14 Jsr Corp Liquid resin composition, method for producing near infrared-absorbing molded product by using the same, and near infrared-absorbing molded product
WO2006080347A1 (en) * 2005-01-28 2006-08-03 Kureha Corporation Polymerizable composition, polymer, sheeted molding, laminate and process for producing the same
JP2008091535A (en) * 2006-09-29 2008-04-17 Fujifilm Corp Solid-state imaging device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014041213A (en) 2014-03-06
TW201408680A (en) 2014-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5829641B2 (en) Near-infrared absorbing liquid composition, near-infrared cut filter using the same, and manufacturing method thereof, and camera module and manufacturing method thereof
WO2014017295A1 (en) Near-infrared absorbent composition, near-infrared cutoff filter using same, method for manufacturing near-infrared cutoff filter, and camera module and method for manufacturing same
WO2014017574A1 (en) Near-infrared ray-absorbing composition, near-infrared ray cut filter produced using said composition and method for producing same, and camera module and method for producing same
TWI736595B (en) Photosensitive composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP5941424B2 (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter using the same, and method for manufacturing the same, and camera module and method for manufacturing the same
KR101755416B1 (en) Radiation-sensitive composition, color filter, and method of manufacturing color filter
JP2013195480A (en) Infrared absorbing composition and infrared cut filter
JP5890805B2 (en) Near-infrared absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter using the same, and method for manufacturing the same, and camera module and method for manufacturing the same
JP5657267B2 (en) Polymerizable composition for color filter, color filter, and solid-state imaging device
KR102292981B1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display device
JP6016518B2 (en) Near-infrared absorber, near-infrared-absorbing composition, near-infrared cut filter using these and method for producing the same, camera module and method for producing the same, and method for producing near-infrared absorber
WO2014017247A1 (en) Near-infrared—ray-absorbing composition, near-infrared-ray cut-off filter using same and production method thereof, and camera module and production method thereof
WO2014030443A1 (en) Near-infrared-ray absorption agent, near-infrared-ray absorbent composition, near-infrared-ray cutoff filter using the above and method for producing same, camera module and method for producing same, and method for producing near-infrared-ray absorption agent
KR20190003681A (en) Color composition and method for producing a film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13830493

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13830493

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1